CHAPTER 10 INDEX

LAND USE (ZONING ORDINANCE) REGULATIONS

 

Click on the section links to navigate the document.

           

SECTION          10.01   PURPOSE                                                        

10.02   RULES AND DEFINITIONS                   

10.03   NON-CONFORMING USES AND STRUCTURES         

10.04   ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICTS          

10.05   DISTRICT BOUNDARIES         

10.06   APPLICATION OF DISTRICT REGULATIONS

10.06A SITE PLANS

10.07   A-1, AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT         

10.08   R-1, SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT  

10.09   R-2,  TWO FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT                 

10.10   R-3,  MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT          

10.10A R-4, SUPPORTIVE CARE DISTRICT    

10.11   C-1,  LIMITED COMMERCIAL DISTRICT                    

10.12   C-2,  COMMERCIAL DISTRICT                     

10.12A D-1. DOWNTOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT        

10.12B   C-3 HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL DISTRICT

10.13   I-1,  INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT                

10.14   SHORELAND OVERLAY DISTRICT     

10.14A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT        

10.14B ESO, ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT

SECTION 10.14C BENTON DRIVE SOUTH GATEWAY OVERLAY DISTRICT

10.15   MANUFACTURED HOME PARKS      

10.15A TOWERS

10.15B  ENERGY PROJECTS              

10.16   SIGNS            

10.17   CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS; VARIANCES; REZONING; APPEALS                        

 

10.17A INTERIM USE PERMITS                       

 

10.17B AMENDMENTS/REZONING              

 


10.17C VARIANCES/APPEALS

 

10.17D. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW

 

10.17E. WETLAND MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE

 

10.18   ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION   


CHAPTER 10

LAND USE (ZONING) REGULATIONS

 

 

SECTION          10.01   PURPOSE

The City wants to guide future land use and development so as to promote a safe, pleasant and economical environment for residential, commercial, industrial and public activities; to preserve certain undeveloped lands, to provide for the wise development of the Mississippi River shorelands, and to promote the public health, safety, order, convenience, and the general welfare; to preserve property values by regulating the use of land, buildings, and structures, including their height, bulk, yard areas and density.  Municipal planning, by providing public guides to future municipal action, enables other public and private agencies to plan their activities in harmony with the municipality=s plans.  Municipal planning will assist in developing lands more wisely, serving citizens more effectively, and making the provision of public services less costly through the achievement of a more secure tax base.

 

Subdivision      1.         Other Regulations.  It is intended by these regulations to be consistent with and compliment other municipal controls that exist such as Building and Fire codes, Subdivision or Flood Plain Regulations, Official Maps, Comprehensive Plans, transportation, utility, storm water, park, capital improvements or other plans.  It is not intended by these regulations to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any way impair or interfere with existing provisions or other regulations.  Where these regulations impose a greater restriction upon the use of land, buildings or structures than is imposed or required by such other existing provisions by law, contract or deed, the provisions of this Chapter shall prevail and control.

 

Subdivision 2. Purpose and Intent of Adult Use Zoning Regulations.  The purpose and intent of the adult use regulations set forth in this Chapter is to serve a substantial government interest by attempting to preserve the quality and vitality of neighborhoods, protect the City's retail trade, curtail the depression of property values, restrain criminal activity and slow the spread of sexually transmitted diseases.

 

Adult Use Establishments, as defined by these Zoning regulations, because of their very nature, are recognized as having serious objectionable operational characteristics that have a deleterious effect upon the use and enjoyment of adjacent areas.  These secondary effects are especially evident where such uses are concentrated.

 


One of this Chapter's objectives is to disperse the adult uses through separation requirements from another adult use and from other significantly incompatible uses.  These regulations allow adult uses only in I-1, Industrial District.  In this community, those areas are located throughout the city and provide opportunity for sites with good visibility and access to major streets and highways.

 

The secondary effects associated with adult uses include an increased level of criminal activity, increased risk of exposure to sexually transmitted diseases, depression of property values and a detrimental change in the character of surrounding neighborhoods.

 

However, it is recognized that such regulations cannot de facto approach prohibition.  Otherwise, a protected form of expression would vanish.  The adult use regulations set forth in these Zoning regulations represent a balancing of competing interests:  reduction of objectionable secondary effects through the regulation of adult uses versus the protected rights of the owners, operators, performers and patrons of those adult uses.

 

SECTION          10.02   RULES AND DEFINITIONS.

 

Subdivision 1. Rules.  The language set forth in the text of this Chapter shall be interpreted in accordance with the following rules of construction:

A.         The singular number includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

B.         The present tense includes the past and future tenses and the future tense includes the present.

C.        The word "shall" is mandatory, while the word "may" is permissive.

 

Subdivision 2. Definitions.  For the purpose of this Chapter, certain terms and words are hereby defined as follows:

 

Accessory Apartment: A portion of the principal structure that is used as a dwelling unit; which has a separate entrance, bath, and kitchen.

 

Accessory Building:  A subordinate building, structure or a portion of the main building, the use of which is incidental to that of the main building or to the use of the premises.   

 


Accessory Uses:  A use subordinate to the purpose for which the land is zoned.  Accessory uses may only occur in conjunction with a principal use and on the same lot as the principal use.

 

Adult Arcade: An establishment where, for any form of consideration, one or more motion picture projectors, slide projectors, or similar machines for viewing by 5 or fewer persons each, are used to show films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other photographic reproductions that are characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.

 

Adult Bookstore: An establishment that has as a substantial portion of its stock-in-trade and offers for sale, for any form of consideration, any one or more of the following:  1) books, magazines, periodicals, or other printed matter, or photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas; or 2) instruments, devices or paraphernalia that are designed for use in connection with specified sexual activities.

 

Adult Cabaret: A nightclub, bar, restaurant, or similar establishment that regularly features live performances that are characterized by the exposure of specified anatomical areas or by specified sexual activities, or films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other photographic reproductions in which a substantial portion of the total presentation time is devoted to the showing of material that is characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.

 

Adult Motion Picture Theater: An establishment where, for any form of consideration, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or similar photographic reproductions are shown, and in which a substantial portion of the total presentation time is devoted to the showing of material characterized by an emphasis on the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.

 

Adult Theater: A theater, concert hall, auditorium, or similar establishment characterized by activities featuring the exposure of specified anatomical areas or by specified sexual activities.

 

Adult Use Establishments: Adult use establishments include, but are not limited to:  adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult cabaret, adult motion picture theater, adult theater, or sexual encounter establishment.

 

Animal Shelters: Any place that shelters lost or abandoned animals for the purpose of reclaiming by the owner, adoption, placement with another agency, or humane euthanization.  May include limited veterinary services such as routine vaccinations and spaying and neutering.

 

Antenna:  Any structure or device used for the purpose of collecting or transmitting electromagnetic waves, including but not limited to directional antennas, such as panels, microwave dishes, and satellite dishes, and omni-directional antennas, such as whip antennas.

 

Apartment Building:  A building containing 3 or more dwelling units.

Assisted Living.  Housing designed for persons who need assistance with their daily living needs including special support services such as meal preparation, housekeeping, limited medical care, and transportation.

 

Assisted Living.  Housing designed for persons who need assistance with their daily living needs including special support services such as meal preparation, housekeeping, limited medical care, and transportation.

 

Basement:  A portion of the building which floor is at least 4 feet or more which is below grade for more than 50% of the perimeter.  A basement is not counted as a story.

 

Buildable Lot Area:  The lot area for purposes of determining compliance with the minimum lot area requirements of the Zoning Ordinance is the contiguous area of a lot which is sufficient in the area to accommodate the construction of public utilities, buildings, and driveways, while still providing for adequate setbacks.  The following shall not be included in calculating the lot area: floodways, wetlands, wetland buffers, right-of-ways/road easements, within the meander line of a river or stream, within the meander line of a drainage ditch.  The lot area may contain soils with certain limiting characteristics such as shallow bedrock or high water table.

 

Building:  Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.

 

Building Height: The vertical distance from grade plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.  Average roof elevation shall be the mid-height between the roof eave and the highest roof ridge, regardless of the shape of the roof.  In the case of a building with multiple roof levels, the highest of the various roof levels must be used to determine the building height.

 

Building Line: A line measured across the width or length of the lot at the point where the main structure is placed in accordance with setback provisions.

 

Building, Principal: A non-accessory building in which a principal use permitted in a zoning district is conducted.

 

Commercial Child Care Facility: Any child care facility, which for gain or otherwise regularly provides 15 or more infant, pre-school, or school-aged minor children with care, training, or supervision on a regular basis for periods of less than 24 hours per day.

 

Commercial Kennel: Any place where 9 or more domestic animals of any type, over six months of age, are commercially kept, sold, boarded, bred, or exhibited, except hospitals, clinics, and other premises operated by or in association with a licensed veterinarian exclusively for the care and treatment of animals.

 

Commercial Wireless Telecommunication Services:  Licensed commercial wireless telecommunication services including cellular, personal communication services (PCS), specialized mobilized radio (SMR), enhanced specialized mobilized radio (ESMR), paging, and similar services that are marketed to the general public.

 

Condominium:  A type of multi-family dwelling in which each dwelling unit is owned individually, but in which the halls, entrance ways and underlying land is jointly owned.

 

Dwelling:  Any building or portion thereof which is designed or used exclusively for residential occupancy, but not including hotels, motels, lodging or boarding houses. 

 

Dwelling Unit: A dwelling containing living quarters including sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation for a single family.

 

Family: Any of the following living in a single dwelling unit:

1.    An individual; or

2.    2 or more persons related by blood, marriage, or adoption and any unrelated persons who reside therein as though a member of the family; or

3.    A group of not more than 5 persons.

 

Floor Area, Gross:  The sum of the gross horizontal areas of all floors of all buildings on any lot as measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center line of the walls separating 2 buildings.  In particular, the gross floor area of a building or buildings shall include basements and stairwells at each story, floor space used for mechanical equipment (with structural headroom of seven feet, six inches or more) attic space (providing structural head room of seven feet, six inches or more), and interior balconies and mezzanines.

 

Floor-Area-Ratio:  A quotient which expresses the total gross floor area as a multiple of the total area of the lot.  The quotient is determined by dividing the gross floor area of all buildings as measured from exterior walls on any lot by the area of that lot.

 

Garage:  An accessory building or part of the principal building designed and used for the storage of motor vehicles owned/leased by the occupants of the principal structure.­  Garages shall only be used for vehicle, equipment storage, and to house boats, trailers and recreations vehicles.

 

Grade:  The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground, paving, or sidewalk within the area between the building and a line 5 feet from the building.

 

Grade Plan:  A reference plane representing the average of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior walls.  Where the finished ground level slopes away from the external walls, the reference plane shall be established by the lowest points within the area between the building and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet from the building, between the building and a point 6 feet from the building.

 

Hardship:  Means the property in question cannot be put to a reasonable use under the conditions of the official controls, and the plight of the landowner is due to circumstances unique to his/her land and not created by the landowner(s) or known by the landowner(s) at the time of purchase.  Economic considerations alone shall not constitute a hardship if a reasonable use for the property exists under terms of the official controls.

 

Home occupations:  Any occupation or profession carried on by a member of a family, residing on the premises, conducted entirely within the dwelling (not including the garage), which use is clearly incidental and secondary to the use of the residential dwelling unit and does not change the character thereof; provided that not over 25% of the gross floor area of any one story or not more than one room is used for a home occupation or professional purpose - whichever is less.  Home occupations may not include boat, automobile or small engine repairs.

 

Hoop/Tubular Frame Building: A structure composed of a rigid framework supporting a tensioned membrane, which provides the weather barrier.

 

Housing For Elderly Persons: means:

 

(i)         Housing provided under any state or federal program that the state or federal government determines is specifically designed and operated to assist elderly persons, as defined in the state or federal program; or

(ii)        Housing intended for, and solely occupied by, persons 62 years of age or older; or

(iii)       Housing intended and operated for occupancy by at least one person 55 years of age or older per unit provided that:

 

(A)       There are significant facilities and services specifically designed to meet the physical or social needs of older persons, or if the provision of these facilities and services is not practicable that the housing is necessary to provide important housing opportunities for older persons;

(B)        At least 80 percent of the units are occupied by at least one person 55 years of age or older per unit; and

(C)       There is publication of, and adherence to, policies and procedures that demonstrate intent by the owner or manager to provide housing for persons 55 years of age or older.

 

Housing does not fail to meet the above requirements by reason of having unoccupied units, if unoccupied units are reserved for occupancy by persons who meet the age requirements described above.

 

In no event shall such definition be less inclusive than said term is defined by Federal Statute Chapter 42 USCS Section 3607, as amended or Minnesota Statutes 363.02, as amended.

           

            Kennel:  An enclosure designed or used to house pets outdoors, not including fenced yards.

 

Licensed Day Care Facility:     A facility licensed by the state or county that provides one or more persons with care, training, supervision, habilitation, rehabilitation or developmental guidance on a regular basis, for periods of less than 24 hours per day, in a place other than the person’s own Dwelling Unit.  Licensed day care facilities include but are not limited to: family day care homes, group family daycare homes, daycare centers, day nurseries, nursery schools, developmental achievement centers, day treatment programs, adult day care centers, and day services as defined by Minnesota State statute.  Residential day care facilities whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or have been adjudicated delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal statues relating to sex offenses may not be considered a licensed residential day care facility.  This definition does not include Commercial Child Care Facilities.

 

Licensed Community Residential Facility.  A facility licensed by the State or County that provides 24-hour-per-day supportive care, food, lodging, monitoring, supervision, rehabilitation, habilitation, education or training.  Licensed facilities are limited to those facilities regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human Services or Department of Health.  This definition does not include: foster homes; Motel/Hotel; Day Care Facility; Housing for Elderly Persons; facilities whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses; or facilities licensed by the Department of Corrections.

 

Lodging Room:  A room rented as sleeping quarters, but without cooking facilities.  Each room which provides sleeping accommodations shall be counted as 1 lodging room.

 

Lot:  Means a parcel of land designated by a platted lot and block number, metes and bounds description, registered land survey, auditor's plot, or other accepted means and separated from other parcels or portions by said description for the purpose of sale, lease, or separation thereof.  For the purposes of these regulations, a lot shall be considered to be an individual building site which shall be occupied by not more than 1 principal structure, having not less than the minimum area, width, and depth required for a building site in the zoning district in which such lot is situated.

 

Lot Area: The area of a horizontal plane within the lot lines.

 

Lot, Corner:  The lot situated at the junction of, and abutting on 2 or more streets; or a lot at the point of deflection in alignment of a single street, the interior angle of which does not exceed 135 degrees.

 

Lot Depth:  The mean horizontal distance between the front and rear lines of a lot.

 

Lot, Key:  The first lot to the rear of a corner lot, the front line of which is a continuation of the side of the corner lot and fronting on the street which intersects the street on which the corner lot fronts.

 

Lot Line:  A property boundary line of any tract held in single ownership, except where such line extends into a public street or alley, then the lot line shall be at the edge of the street or alley.

 

Lot Line, Front:  The boundary line of a lot abutting a street.  On a corner lot, the shortest street lot line shall be the front lot line.

 

Lot Line, Rear: The boundary line most remote from and most nearly parallel to the front lot line.

 

Lot Line, Side: A boundary line other than the front lot line or rear lot line.

 

Lot Width:  The mean horizontal distance between the side lot lines of a lot.

 

Motel/Hotel: A building occupied as a temporary abiding place with or without meals served, but with no provisions made for cooking in any individual rooms.

 

Non-conforming Use:  Any use of land or structures established before the effective date of adoption or amendment of these or preceding regulations which does not conform to the use restrictions of a particular zoning district.  This should not be confused with substandard dimensions of a conforming use.

 

Nursing Home/Adult Care Home.  A residential facility licensed by the Minnesota Department of Health where individualized home care aide services or home management services are provided to residents either by the management or by providers under contract with the management; a facility for aged, chronically ill, or incurable persons licensed by the Minnesota Department of Health providing nursing care and related medical services.

Ordinary High Water Mark:  A mark delineating the highest water level which has been maintained for a sufficient period of time to leave evidence upon the landscape.  The ordinary high water mark is commonly that point where the natural vegetation changes from predominantly aquatic to predominantly terrestrial.

 

Parking space:  An enclosed or unenclosed area exclusive of access or maneuvering area, to be used exclusively as a temporary storage space for 1 motor vehicle and which has a surface constructed of asphalt or concrete.

 

Patio Home:  A single-story slab on grade structure used for dwelling purposes.

 

Permitted Use: A use lawfully established within a particular zoning district provided it conforms to all of the requirements and performance standards of that district.

 

Persons:  An individual, firm, partnership, trustee, association, corporation or organization of any kind.

 

Pole Barn:  A structure, the basic support and framework of which is provided by wooden poles or timbers inserted vertically into the ground.

 

Portable Storage Containers:  Portable storage containers shall include all enclosed large bins designed to be hoisted onto or towed by trucks for transporting materials for refuse or storage often seen in conjunction with construction or renovation.  Other applicable containers include rail cars, semi trailers, dumpsters, and tractor-trailers. 

 

Public Utility:  Persons, corporations, or governments supplying gas, electric, transportation, water, sewer, or land line telephone service to the general public.  For the purposes of this Ordinance, commercial wireless telecommunication service facilities shall not be considered public utility uses, and are defined separately.

 

Rezoning:  The changing of any parcel or parcels from one zoning district to another through procedures established by this Chapter.

 

Right-Of-Way:  Land dedicated and publicly owned, in fee or by easement, for use as a street, alley, or walkway.

 

Roominghouse.  Any residential structure in which for compensation, Lodging Rooms are provided with a common entrance, with or without shared kitchen facilities, for six or more unrelated persons.  This definition does not include Apartments, Accessory Apartments, Townhomes, Twin Homes, Duplexes, Triplexes, Fourplexes, or Motels/Hotels.

 

School:  As used in this Chapter, shall mean an accredited institution for learning, providing primary or secondary instructions.

 

Setback:  The shortest horizontal distance between any part of the structure and the lot line, disregarding steps and roof overhangs.

 

Sexual Encounter Establishment:  An establishment other than a hotel, motel, or similar establishment offering public accommodations, which, for any form of consideration, provides a place where 2 or more persons may congregate, associate, or consort in connection with specified sexual activities or the exposure of specified anatomical areas.  This definition does not include an establishment where a medical practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist, or similar professional person licensed by the state engages in sexual therapy.

 

Shoreland:  Land located within the following distances from the Mississippi River: 250 feet from the ordinary high water mark of the Mississippi River from the southern city limits then northerly to the Sauk Rapids, MN Highway 15 bridge at South First Street extended and between the River and railroad right-of-way northerly of the bridge to the northern city limits.

 

Specified Anatomical Areas: As used herein, specified anatomical areas means and includes any of the following: 1) less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts below a point immediately above the top of the areolae; or 2) human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered.

 

Specified Sexual Activities: As used herein, specified sexual activities means and includes any of the following:  1) the fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts; 2) sex acts, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation, or sodomy; 3) masturbation, actual or simulated; or 4) excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in subdivisions 1 through 3 of this subsection.

 

Story:  That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above; or, if there is no floor above, the space between the floor and the ceiling next above.

 

Structural Alteration: Any change in a building or structure affecting its supporting members, including but not limited to, bearing walls, girders, roof, and all exterior walls.  Incidental repairs such as re-roofing and re­siding shall not be considered as structural alteration.

 

Structure:  That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.

 

Tower:  Any ground or roof mounted pole, spire, structure, or combination thereof taller than 15 feet, including supporting lines, cables, wires, braces, and masts, intended primarily for the purpose of mounting an antenna, meteorological device, or similar apparatus above grade.

 

Tower, Multi-User:  A tower to which is attached the antennas of more than one commercial wireless telecommunication service provider or governmental entity.

 

Tower, Single-User:  A tower to which is attached only the antennas of a single user, although the tower may be designed to accommodate the antennas of multiple users as required in this Ordinance.

 

Townhouse:  A single family dwelling utilizing a cluster of row arrangement where each dwelling has its own private entrance, and one or more common walls.  Townhouses may be located so that all dwelling units are on the same lot or so that each dwelling unit has its own lot.

 

Trailer Parks:  A park, court, camp site, lot, parcel or tract of land designed, maintained or intended for the purpose of supplying a location or accommodations for any trailer, upon which trailer coaches are parked and shall include all buildings used, or intended for use, as part of the equipment thereof, whether or not a charge is made for the use of the trailer park and its facilities.  "Trailer Park" shall not include automobile or trailer sales lots on which unoccupied trailers are parked for purposes of inspection and sale.

 

Twin Home:  A single-family dwelling on its own lot, but with 1 common wall adjoining it to another similar single-family dwelling.

 

Unlicensed Community Residential Facility.  Any public or private residential facility which regularly provides lodging in connection with supportive care services in exchange for compensation, regardless of whether the services are provided on or off site.  Supportive care services may include but are not limited to training, education, supervision, monitoring, or rehabilitation.  This definition does not include: foster homes; Motel/Hotel; Day Care Facility;  Housing for Elderly Persons; Community Residential Facility; facilities whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses; or facilities licensed by the Department of Corrections.

 

Use:  The purpose for which land is zoned or a building is arranged, designed or intended, or for which land or a building is or may be occupied or maintained.

 

Variance:  Any modification or variation of official controls where it is determined that, because of a hardship, strict enforcement of the official controls is impractical.  A modification of allowable uses within a zoning district shall not be considered a variance. (See Hardship definition above)

 

Wetlands:  Wetlands means those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.  Wetlands generally include swamps, marches, bogs, and similar areas.

 

Yard:  An open space on a lot which is unoccupied and unobstructed from its lowest elevation upward, except as otherwise permitted.

 

Yard, Front: That portion of the yard located between the front lot line, the side lot lines, and the front building line.

 

Yard, Rear:  That portion of the yard located between the rear building line, side lot lines, and the rear lot line.

 

Yard, Side:  That portion of the yard located between the front and rear yards and between the side building lines and side lot line

 

SECTION  10.03.  NON-CONFORMING USES AND STRUCTURES.

1.         Purpose.  It is the purpose of this section to accomplish the following:

a)   recognize the existence of uses which were lawful when established but which no longer meet all ordinance requirements;

b)   discourage the enlargement, expansion, intensification or extension of any non-conforming use or any increase in the impact of a non-conforming use on adjacent properties;

c)   regulate the repair, replacement, restoration, and improvement of non-conforming uses to prevent and abate nuisances and to protect the public health, safety, or welfare; and

d)   encourage the elimination of non-conforming uses or reduce their impact on adjacent properties.

2.         Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following terms and phrases have the meanings given to them.

a)   "Legal non-conformity" or "non-conforming use" means any land use, structure, physical form of land development, lot of record or sign legally established before the effective date of this ordinance or subsequent amendment to it that would not be permitted by, or is not in full compliance with, the regulations of this ordinance. A non-conformity or non-conforming use is one of two types: non-conforming land use or non-conforming development.

b)   "Non-conforming land use" means an activity using land, buildings, and/or structures for a purpose that was legally allowed when established but that is not currently allowed as a use in the zoning district in which it is located.

c)   "Non-conforming development" means a legal non-conformity other than a non-conforming land use, that complied with ordinance standards at the time it was established but that does not currently conform to an ordinance standard such as height, setback, or size.

d)   "Expansion," "enlargement," or "intensification" means any increase in a dimension, size, area, volume, or height, any increase in the area of use, any placement of a structure or part thereof where none existed before, any addition of a site feature such as a deck, patio, fence, driveway, parking area, or swimming pool, any improvement that would allow the land to be more intensely developed, any move of operations to a new location on the property, or any increase in intensity of use based on a review of the original nature, function or purpose of the non-conforming use, the hours of operation, traffic, parking, noise, exterior storage, signs, exterior lighting, types of operations, types of goods or services offered, odors, area of operation, number of employees, and other factors deemed relevant by the city.

e)   "Replacement," "reconstruction," or "restoration" means construction that exactly matches pre-existing conditions.

3.         General Standards.  A nonconforming use may be used and continued, including through repair, replacement, restoration, or maintenance, but not including expansion, only in compliance with the provisions of this section. The use must have been in compliance with all land use regulations at the time the non-conformity was created in order to be eligible for the benefits of being a non-conforming use.

a)      There may be no expansion, enlargement, or intensification, of any use or any site element of any non-conforming use except to make it a permitted use.  Normal building maintenance and repair are allowed. Expansion, enlargement or intensification of conforming aspects of a non-conforming development are excepted from this requirement. For example, if a structure has a non-conforming front setback, it may be expanded on the sides that do meet setback requirements as long as the expansion itself meets ordinance requirements.

b)      No non-conforming use may be resumed if normal operation of the use has been discontinued, or if a non-conforming building has been removed and not replaced, for a period of 12 or more months.  Time will be calculated as beginning on the day following the last day in which the use was in normal operation and will run continuously thereafter.  Following the expiration of 12 months, only uses that are permitted by this ordinance are allowed to be established.

c)      Full use of a non-conforming use may not be resumed if the amount of land or floor area dedicated to the use is lessened or if the intensity of the use is in any manner diminished for a period of 12 or more months.  Time will be calculated as beginning on the day following the last day in which the non-conforming use was in full operation and will run continuously thereafter.  Following the expiration of 12 months, the non-conforming use may be used only in the manner or to the extent used during the preceding 12 months.  For the purposes of this section, intensity of use will be determined by a review of the original nature, function or purpose of the non-conforming use, the hours of operation, traffic, parking, noise, exterior storage, signs, exterior lighting, types of operations, types of goods or services offered, odors, area of operation, number of employees, and other factors deemed relevant by the city.

d)      Removal or destruction of a non-conforming use to the extent of more than 50 percent of its estimated market value by fire or other peril, excluding land value and as determined by the city assessor, terminates the right to continue or replace any non-conforming use, except if a valid and complete building permit application has been submitted to the city within 180 days after the property was damaged.

e)      If replacement, reconstruction, or restoration of a legal non-conforming land use is allowed, it may occur without any land use approval from the city if the resulting use does not create any new adverse impacts on adjacent property and matches exactly the conditions that existed before the work was undertaken or before the use was damaged or destroyed. Work that would not meet this requirement and any work that would be an improvement to a non-conforming land use may not be undertaken unless a conditional use permit has been issued for the property. The city may impose conditions in a conditional use permit to protect the public health, safety, or welfare, and to mitigate any newly created impacts on adjacent property.

f)        If replacement, reconstruction, or restoration of a legal non-conforming development is allowed, it may occur without any land use approval from the city if the resulting use does not create any new adverse impacts on adjacent property and matches exactly the conditions that existed before the work was undertaken or before the non conforming development was damaged or destroyed, except for internal improvements and improved materials within buildings used to replace roof surfaces, siding, windows, doors, and similar components. Work that would not meet this requirement or any other improvement to a non-conforming development may not be undertaken unless the appropriate approval required below has been granted for the property. The city may impose conditions in its approval to protect the public health, safety, or welfare, and to mitigate any newly created impacts on adjacent property.

     1)     Work that brings a structure into compliance with building code requirements requires approval from the Community Development Director. The Community Development Director may choose, in his or her sole discretion, to require site plan approval by the City Council, instead of administrative approval.

     2)     All other improvements require site plan approval by the City Council upon recommendation of the Planning Commission notwithstanding any other provision of this ordinance to the contrary.

g)      Work that constitutes an expansion of any non-conforming use or development may not be done without first obtaining a variance.  Expansion of a non-conforming land use or development may be approved only by the city council after receiving the recommendation of the planning commission where:

 

1)     The use occupies any space within a non-conforming area that was previously not occupied both vertically and horizontally. For example, a variance would be required if a second-floor area is expanded into the non-conforming setback even though the non-conformity of the first floor setback dimension is reduced; or

 2)     The non-conforming aspect of a use is reduced but still does not comply with current ordinance standards.

h)       Notwithstanding the prohibitions contained in the foregoing paragraphs of this subdivision, if approved by the city council a non-conforming use may be changed to another non-conforming land use of less intensity if it is in the public interest.  In all instances the applicant has the burden of proving to the City Council that the proposed land use is less intense than the existing nonconforming land use.

i)         If a non-conforming use is superseded or replaced by a permitted use, the non-conforming status of the premises and any rights which arise under the provisions of this section terminate.

j)         Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs of this subdivision, all non-conforming Adult Use Establishments, as defined in Chapter 10.02, which were made non-conforming by the zoning ordinance or an amendment to it must be discontinued no later than three years after the adoption of the provision creating the non-conformity.

k)       Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs, a non-conforming use or structure in a floodplain area may only be repaired, replaced, maintained, improved, or expanded to the extent that it would qualify for eligibility in the National Flood Insurance Program, would not increase flood damage potential or increase the degree of obstruction to flood flows in the floodway, and would comply with the provisions in Chapter 11.

4.         Non-Conforming Sign.  A non-conforming sign that is an imminent danger to life or property or that may not be replaced under this ordinance must be removed immediately at the expense of the owner.

5.         Non-Conforming Utility Pole.  For a non-conforming utility pole that exists on the effective date of the ordinance, the pole and wires may be replaced in the event that it is damaged as the result of circumstances beyond the owner's control, but only if the height of the pre-existing pole and its lines are not exceeded and the voltage of the pre- existing wires is not increased. The height and voltage may be exceeded only if this is required by other governmental agencies or by applicable safety codes.  In addition, the height may be exceeded temporarily if the owner does not have a conforming pole available, but only on the condition that a permanent replacement which does not exceed the pre-existing height is installed as soon as practical.

6.         Creation of Non-Conformities By Public Action.  If a taking by a governmental body occurs under eminent domain or negotiated sale which renders a land use, lot of record, sign or development in violation of one or more provisions of this ordinance, such land use, lot of record, sign or development becomes a legal non-conformity with respect to the non-conformity created by the acquisition. It will have the benefits of, but not be subject to the limitations, of this section.

7.         Burden of Proof.  A person who wishes to take advantage of the rights granted to a legal non-conformity has the burden of proving the status as a legal non-conformity by clear and convincing evidence.

 

SECTION          10.04   ESTABLISHMENTS OF DISTRICTS

Subdivision 1. Districts.  For the purpose of this Chapter, the City is hereby divided into districts as follows:

A.         Agricultural District.

A-1      Agricultural

B.         Residential Districts.

R-1       Single Family Residence

R-2       Two Family Residence

R-3       Multiple Family Residence

R-4       Supportive Care

C.        Commercial Districts.

C-1      Limited Commercial

C-2      Commercial

C-3      Highway Commercial

D.            Downtown District

D-1      Downtown Business

E.         Industrial District.

I-1        Industrial

F.         Shoreland Overlay District.

G.        Planned Unit Development (PUD).

 

Subdivision 2. Official Zoning Map. The location and boundaries of the districts established by this Chapter are hereby set forth on the map entitled "Official Zoning Map" of the City of Sauk Rapids.  Regardless of the existence of the printed copies of the Official Zoning Map which may from time to time be made or published, the Official Zoning Map shall be located in the conference room of City Hall.

Subdivision 3. Enforcement of Official Zoning Map.  In the event that the Official Zoning Map becomes damaged, destroyed, lost or difficult to interpret because of the nature or number of changes and additions, the City Council may by resolution adopt a new Official Zoning Map which shall supersede the prior Official Zoning Map, but no such correction shall have the effect of amending zoning requirements or any subsequent amendment thereof without due process.

Subdivision 4. Designated Zoning.  All of the lands in the City shown within the district lines on the official Zoning Map and designated as A-1 Agricultural District, R-1 Single Family District, R-2 Two Family District, R-3 Multiple Family District, R-4 Supportive Care District, C-1 Limited Commercial District, C-2 Commercial District, C-3 Highway Commercial District, D-1 Downtown Business District, I-1 Industrial District, Shoreland Overlay District, and Planned Unit Development are hereby zoned as indicated and shown in their respective district boundaries.

Subdivision 5. Zoning Map to be Part of Regulations. The Official Zoning Map together with everything shown thereon and all amendments thereto shall be as much a part of this Chapter as though fully set forth and described herein.

Subdivision  6.           Maintaining and Amending the Official Map. It shall be the responsibility of the City Administrator to maintain the Official Zoning Map. The City Administrator shall make or cause to have made any corrections or amendments to said Map.  The Official Map shall be available for public inspection at all reasonable times during which the City Hall is customarily open.

 

SECTION          10.05   DISTRICT BOUNDARIES.

Subdivision 1. Application. The boundaries of any of the established districts, as shown on the Official Zoning Map, shall be defined as follows:

Subdivision 2. Boundaries of Public Right-of-Way. Where boundaries are indicated as approximately following the centerline of streets, alleys, or of highways, such centerlines shall be interpreted to be district boundaries.

Subdivision 3. Boundaries on Shoreland. Where the boundary of a district ending at the corporate limits of the City follows a river, said boundary line shall be construed to be at the jurisdictional limits of the city unless otherwise indicated.

Subdivision 4. Public or Institutional Property.

 

                    A. Any construction, modifications, or changes to any areas shown on the Official Zoning Map as a park, school, church, or cemetery shall be subject to City Council approval, after review of the site and building plans, and upon recommendation by the Planning Commission.  Such property shall convert to R-1 zoning after discontinuance for park, school, church or cemetery purposes.

                    B. Towers meeting the requirements of Section 10.15A may be allowed with a Conditional Use Permit however because it is the intent for these properties to revert to Residential zoning after discontinuance of their use, there shall be a heavy burden on the applicant to demonstrate that there are not more suitable locations for the tower and that the proposed tower is appropriate in the location proposed. In any event, the maximum height of towers shall be shall be 65 feet. In determining whether the proposed tower is appropriate on these properties, the City shall consider such things as design, style, proximity to residentially zoned property, view sheds, camouflaging, lighting, and general aesthetics, while placing close attention to the potential for the proposed tower to be a nuisance to neighboring properties.

 

Subdivision 5. Vacated Property. Whenever any street, alley, or other public way is vacated, the zoning district adjoining such vacated street, alley or public way shall be coincidentally extended to the center of such vacated area, and all areas included therein shall be then and henceforth subject to all regulations of the extended district.

Subdivision 6. Boundaries on Lot Lines. Boundaries indicated as approximately following lot lines shall be interpreted as following such lot lines.

Subdivision 7. Boundaries on City Limits. Boundaries indicated as approximately following the City limits shall be interpreted as following the City=s corporate limits.

Subdivision 8. Transitional Zoning (Lots in Two Districts). Where a district boundary line, as established in this Chapter, or as shown on the Official Zoning map, divides a platted lot in single ownership and of record, the use and other requirements thereon applying to the more restricted portion of such lot shall be considered as extending to the entire lot.

 

SECTION          10.06   APPLICATION OF DISTRICT REGULATIONS.

Subdivision 1. General Application. The regulations set by this Chapter within each district shall be minimum regulations and shall apply uniformly to each class or kind of structure or land, except as hereinafter provided.

Subdivision 2. Conformity of Building and Land. No building, structure or land shall hereafter be used or occupied, and no building or structure or part thereof shall hereafter be erected, constructed, reconstructed, moved or structurally altered unless it is in conformity with all the regulations herein specified for the district in which it is located.

Subdivision 3. Conformity of Open Spaces. No part of a yard or other space or off-street parking or loading space required in connection with any building for the purpose of complying with this Chapter, shall be included as part of a yard or open space similarly required for any other building except as provided in Subdivision 5 of this Section.

Subdivision 4. Parking Areas - Joint Use. In certain cases pertaining to property uses in which the element of time would make conflict impossible, a parking area may be used jointly in connection with 2 or more buildings or operations. An example of this would be the joint use of a parking lot by a business operating only during normal daylight hours and a theater operating only in the evening hours. Any such joint use must be considered by the Planning Commission and approved by the City Council as a Conditional Use prior to its beginning.

 

The parking requirements of this Chapter may also be met through the use of easements over and across parking areas adjacent to the property in question, whether or not commonly owned, provided the total number of parking spaces of the property in question and the adjacent property meet the total number required by this Chapter for both properties if added together.

 

Subdivision 5. Yards and Lots. No yards or lots shall be reduced in dimension or area below the minimum requirement set forth herein. Yards or lots created after the original 1965 Zoning Ordinance shall meet at least the minimum requirements established by this Chapter.

Subdivision 6. Zoning of Annexed Territory. All territory which may hereafter be annexed to the City of Sauk Rapids shall be zoned at the time of annexation. A petition for a zoning designation by the property owner shall be submitted to the Planning Commission for review and its recommendation. The recommendation of the Planning commission shall then be submitted to the City Council for final determination. Proper notice shall be given and a Public hearing shall be held pursuant to Section 10.17, Subdivision 2.8-12.

Subdivision 7. Obstruction of View. On any corner lot, no wall, fence or structure shall be erected or altered and no hedge, shrubs or trees maintained or allowed to obscure the view which may cause a danger to traffic or pedestrians.

Subdivision 8. Exceptions.

A.         Height limitations as set forth in this Chapter shall not apply to church spires, cupolas, and water towers, unless the City Council determines such construction might be dangerous or in other ways detrimental to surrounding property.

B.         The following shall not be considered an encroachment on setback requirements:  chimneys, flues, belt courses, leaders, sills, pilasters, lintels, cornices, eaves, steps and gutters, provided the gutters do not project more than 3 feet.

Subdivision 9. Building Relocation.

A.         No building shall be moved which is declared by the City Building Inspector as being unsafe or dilapidated.

B.         Each relocation of a building having more than 350 square feet shall require a permit from the City Council and all such buildings shall conform with, and be situated in, a properly zoned area in accordance with all of the provisions of this Chapter and the Building Code.

Subdivision 10.          Conformance with Street plan. No structure may be placed in such a way as to interfere with the future construction of streets, roads, or alleys as shown on the City Street Plan; as such plan exists or is adopted in the future.

Subdivision 11.          Wetland Delineation.  In connection with the application for a building permit, site plan approval, or any other permit or approval required by this Ordinance the applicant must provide a delineation of all wetlands on the property or site of the proposed project.  All approvals and/or permits may be withheld or conditionally issued pending the results of the delineation.  In any event, approvals and/or permits will not be issued if it is determined that the proposed project will adversely effect wetlands unless and until all applicable local, state and federal permits have been obtained.  In addition, even if state and federal permits have been obtained by the applicant, the City may require changes to the project to avoid impacting wetlands deemed significant by the City.

 

SECTION          10.06A           SITE PLANS

Subdivision 1. PURPOSE AND INTENT

This section shall apply to all zoning districts in the City, provided that certain zoning districts and uses including, without limitation, the C-3, Highway Commercial District, D-1, Downtown Business District, and Energy Projects regulated by Section 10.15B, shall have requirements above and beyond those required by this section.  It is the purpose and intent of this section to establish a procedure which will enable the City of Sauk Rapids to plan for and review proposed improvements of property within the City.  The site plan requirements of this section are designed to insure the orderly and harmonious development of property in a manner that shall:

  1. Promote the most beneficial relationship between the uses of land and the circulation of traffic throughout the city;
  2. Ensure adequate provisions for public utilities, services, facilities and right-of-ways;
  3. Encourage effective measures for surface and subsurface drainage;
  4. Provide suitable screening to buffer incompatible uses.

Subdivision 2. SITE PLAN - WHEN REQUIRED

A.    Approval of a site plan is required for all projects within the City of Sauk Rapids that require a building permit, except those uses identified in subdivision 3 of this Section.  In addition, a new site plan must be reviewed by the Planning Commission and approved by the City Council if modifications, including but not limited to the following, are made to an approved site plan:

1.    Increasing a building’s footprint

2.    Changing the use of the existing facility in a way such that the site plan no longer meets the minimum requirements for things such as building exterior, stormwater runoff, parking, or landscaping

3.    Impacting stormwater runoff

4.    Altering existing on-site circulation and required parking spaces in such a way that the site plan no longer meets the minimum requirements and standards of the approved site plan

5.    Altering landscaping in a way such that the site plan no longer meets the minimum requirements for things such as screening and stormwater runoff

B.     For changes or modifications to an approved site plan not mentioned above that the Zoning Administrator determines are substantial and that may affect future potential uses of the property or current or future potential uses of neighboring properties, the Zoning Administrator may require that the changes or modifications be approved by the City Council following recommendation of the Planning Commission. 

 

Subdivision 3. EXCEPTIONS AND WAIVERS

A.   The following shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section:

1.  Permitted, conditional, or accessory uses in the A-1, Agricultural District, with the exception of golf courses with club houses and commercial kennels; and

2.  Permitted one-family detached dwellings; and

3.  Permitted accessory uses in association with a one-family detached dwelling;

4.  Interior modifications of an existing structure that do not change or expand the permitted use of the existing structure.

B.    The Zoning Administrator or their designee may waive the requirement of a site plan or a site plan amendment if all of the following conditions are met:

1. Any enlargement of a building’s footprint by less than 20% of its existing gross floor area, providing the expansion is less then 1,000 square feet; and

2. The proposed modifications to an existing building do not require additional parking spaces, they do not alter stormwater runoff, they do not significantly alter onsite circulation, and they do not change landscaping in a way that minimum standards are no longer met, or screening between adjacent uses or properties is negatively altered.

 

Subdivision 4. APPLICABILITY TO EXISTING DEVELOPMENTS

The requirements of this ordinance shall not be applicable to existing developments for which building permits have been granted at the time of the adoption of this ordinance.  If such building permit expires prior to the completion of the development for which it was issued, then a new building permit shall not be issued until the requirements of this section have been met.

 

Subdivision 5. MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE

The review and approval of a site plan pursuant to this Section shall be in addition to the requirements of the City’s building and fire codes and does not imply compliance with the requirements of the building and fire codes.

 

Subdivision 6. GENERAL COMPLIANCE

  1. No building permit shall be issued for any structure that is subject to the provision of this ordinance until the site plan has been submitted and approved in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
  2. No certificate of occupancy shall be issued for any structure that is subject to the provision of this ordinance until a final site plan inspection has been performed.
  3. Construction, grading, or other development activities shall be carried out in compliance with the approved site plan and any conditions or restrictions attached thereto.

 

Subdivision 7. VALIDITY

  1. Site plans shall be deemed final once reviewed and approved by the City Council.  A final site plan shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of approval, after which time, the site plan shall be deemed null and void if the development has not been established or actual construction has not commenced.  For the purpose of this section, actual construction shall mean that the permanent placement of construction materials has started and is proceeding without delay.  Preparation of plans, securing financial arrangements, issuance of building permits, letting of contracts, grading of property or stockpiling of material on the site shall not constitute actual construction.
  2. If no building permit is issued within one year of site plan approval, or if the building permit expires before commencement of construction or completion of the structure for which the permit was issued, the site plan shall be deemed null and void and a new site plan shall be required.
  3. An applicant may petition the City Council for an extension of an approved site plan for a period not to exceed 12 months, so long as the petition has been received by the City no later than 12 months from the date of the original site plan approval.  Requests received later than 12 months following the City Council’s approval shall not be considered.
  4. To ensure site plan improvements, including, without limitation, landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accordance with the approved site plan, the Council may require that a letter of credit in an amount deemed sufficient by the City Finance Director be provided to the City as a condition of site plan approval and before the issuance of any building permit for the project.

 

Subdivision 8. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

Site plans shall be prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer and shall include, but are not limited to, the following information:

    Curb lines

    Water lines

    Sewer lines

    Storm sewer catch basins

    Easements

    Emergency access

    Telephone

    Fiber optic

    Gas

    Electric

    Cable

 

SECTION          10.07   AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT, A-1.

 

Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.  The following are permitted uses in an A-1, Agricultural District:

A.         Agricultural land uses excluding dairy cows, poultry, hogs, livestock or other animals.

B.         Horticultural uses such as tree farms and nurseries.

C.        Existing conventional residences on lots of record.

D.         Golf courses with club houses.

 

Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in an A-1, Agricultural District:

A.         Temporary buildings.

B.         Parking for the sale of agricultural or horticultural products on a seasonal basis.

C.        Private garages not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure.  This standard does not apply to storage buildings having a floor area less than 120 square feet.

D.         Customary, incidental home occupations as regulated under Section 10.08, Subdivision 2. F.

E.         Public Utility Structures.

F.         Non-commercial Towers for private television antenna use.

G.        Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings as an accessory to Horticultural uses; retail sales are prohibited.

 

Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See Also Section 10.17).  The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in an A-1, Agricultural         District:

A.         Agricultural uses involving dairy cows, poultry, hogs, livestock or other animals.

B.         Structures for storage of agricultural machinery, fuel, and agricultural products.

C.        Commercial Kennels provided that:

1)    No dogs on the kennel site shall be debarked. No shock collars will be used to control barking.

2)    A cremation or rendering service must be used for the removal of dead animals. A dead animal box must be employed to shield the view of same from public view.

3)    The USDA kennel license must be maintained at all times. The owner must be in compliance with all federal, state, and local statutes and permit requirements at all times. If at any time the kennel owner is convicted of violating such statutes, the City Council may revoke the Conditional Use Permit.

4)    Kennels must be located on a lot containing a minimum of five (5) acres;

5)    Kennels or shelters and dog runs requires a minimum 100 foot setback from any property line and 500 feet from any pre-existing residence, except that of the kennel owner;

6)    Outdoor commercial kennel areas shall be fenced. Fencing shall consist of durable materials, with a minimum height of six (6’) feet, and shall deter dogs from escaping over, under, or through fence materials;

7)    Supervision and monitoring of the site must be continuously maintained, either by having the owner or caretaker living on-site, or through electronic monitoring which, at a minimum, means monitoring for power outages, fire, and temperature.

8)    The following information is submitted with Conditional Use Permit application:

                                                                                          i.    Specify the species and maximum number of animals that will be at the site;

                                                                                         ii.    A statement that all animals at the property will have current vaccinations;

                                                                                        iii.    Identify the location and size of all existing and proposed physical improvements, such as buildings, dog runs and/or outside exercise areas, parking area, and other physical improvements;

                                                                                       iv.    A manure management plan;

                                                                                        v.    Information must be provided on how the owner will handle on-site kennel wash water. All kennel owners shall provide proper drainage for indoor and outdoor facilities and which shall be maintained in a healthful manner. Show proposed surface drainage in relation to adjacent land owners and features.

9)    Commercial Kennels shall have no more than 30 animals, of any age, total.

10) Conditions that may be imposed on the Commercial Kennel may include, but are not limited to:

                                                                                          i.    Vegetative buffer strips to be used as noise barriers,

                                                                                         ii.    Restriction on the number of permitted dogs including the number of breeding females and intact males,

                                                                                        iii.    Restricted hours for the use of outside exercise areas,

                                                                                       iv.    Location on-site of outdoor exercise areas,

                                                                                        v.    Records need to be kept on-site, or at an identified veterinarian office, and produced upon request;

                                                                                       vi.    Area requirements for indoor exercise areas.

 

Subdivision 4. Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.  There are no requirements in an A-1, Agricultural District.

A.   Site Plan Required. The following A-1 conditional and permitted uses require site plan approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter: golf courses with club houses and commercial kennels.

 

Subdivision 5. Signs.  Signs may be erected only as permitted by Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

SECTION          10.08   SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT, R-1.

 

Subd. 1.          Permitted Uses.  The following are permitted uses in an R-1, Single Family District:

A.         One-family detached dwellings, including earth sheltered homes and one-family manufactured homes built in conformance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 327.31-24, provided the following design standards are met to ensure a favorable comparison with existing housing:

1.    Permanent, concrete or treated-wood foundations with basements which will anchor the structure.

2.    Roof lines must have at least a 3/12 pitch; flat or shed-type roofs are not permitted.

3.    The minimum dimension of any exterior wall shall be 24 feet.

4.    Metal siding is permitted with no exposed fasteners and overlapping in sections not wider than 16 inches.  Sheet metal siding is not permitted.

5.    The connection to city utilities is required, with no exterior fuel tanks.

6.    New single family homes constructed on lots platted before February 1, 1965 must conform to the architecture and traditional character of the existing neighborhood.  Prior to receiving a building permit, property owners shall submit building plans to the City's Housing Advisory Committee for review and approval to ensure compliance with this ordinance. 

a)  The Housing Advisory Committee will review the compatibility of several architectural characteristics including, but not limited to:

1.   Roof lines;

2.   Porch/Stoop;

3.   Garage location;

4.   Glazing;

5.   Building height;

6.   Building materials and colors.

b)   A fee established by the City Council must be submitted along with the application for architectural review.

c)   Decisions of the Housing Advisory Committee may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 10.17C, Subdivision 2 of the City Code, except that such appeals shall be taken within ten (10) days after the date the decision of the Housing Advisory Committee

7.   All building permits for new single family homes and homes that are moved onto an existing single family lot shall be accompanied by a certificate of survey which shall include the items detailed in Section A and B below.

 

            A.        Certificate of Survey Requirements:

1.    Two 11 x 17 Certificate of Survey copies

2.    Scale of drawing, north arrow, and property legal description, PIN and address

3.    Names of all abutting streets, dimensions of all lot lines, and easements of record

4.    Date of survey completion and Land Surveyor license number and signature

5.    Location of proposed and all existing structures on property including house, garage, driveways, sheds, decks, and locations of curb and gutters

6.    Location of primary structure/house on adjacent properties

7.    If applicable, identification of all floodplain areas and 100-year flood elevations with locations and boundaries of all delineated wetlands, with high water level elevations of all ponds, lakes, or other water areas on property or adjacent to property

8.    Dimensions of existing and proposed house, garage, sheds, driveways, decks

9.    Elevations of lot, lot corners, house, garage, driveway, decks

10.  Elevations of top of garage floor, top of basement floor, and top of block elevation

11.  Elevations of first floor and top of garage floor of primary structures/houses on adjacent properties (vacant adjacent properties shall be labeled as such)

12.  Benchmark locations and elevations

13.  Building setbacks (front, rear, and all sides) to all property lines and adjacent structures of all proposed structures

14.  Percent of impervious surface on property

15.  Grade of driveway

16.  Drainage information with spot elevations and drainage arrows

17.  Placement and method of erosion control, including the location of the construction rock entrance

18.  Location of stakes as detailed in Section B, below

19.  Additional information as requested and evaluated by City staff

 

            B.   Residential Staking Requirements:

1.        All stakes shall be established by a registered and currently licensed land surveyor and shall be placed at the following locations:

a.  along each side property line at the front building line; and, rear building line.

b.  near the front of the building excavation indicating the proposed elevation of the top of the building foundation.

c.  On the side yard setback lines if the proposed structure will be located on or within one (1) foot of a side yard setback line.

2.        The maintenance of these stakes, once established by the surveyor, shall be the responsibility of the building permit applicant.

3.        Placement of stakes shall be reviewed by the Building Department as part of the footing inspection.

 

B.         A state licensed residential facility serving 6 or fewer persons, a licensed day care facility serving 12 or fewer persons, or a group family day care facility licensed under Minnesota Rules Parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445 to serve 14 or fewer children, except that a residential facility whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or have been adjudicated delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal statutes relating to sex offenses shall not be considered a permitted use, as required by Minnesota Statutes Chapter 462.357 Subdivision 7, as amended from time to time.

C.           The temporary use of a one-family dwelling as a two-family dwelling after the granting of a variance in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 462.357, Subdivision 6. 2.

D.            Religious institutions such as churches, chapels, temples and synagogues, and mortuaries.

E.            Pursuant to authority granted by Minnesota Statutes, Section 462.3593, subdivision 9, the City of Sauk Rapids opts-out of the requirements of Minn. Stat. §462.3593, which defines and regulates Temporary Family Health Care Dwellings.

 

Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in   an R-1, Single Family District:

A.         Private garages less than 900 square feet in area and not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure. 

B.         Storage buildings, not higher than then 15 feet, used for the storage of domestic supplies and equipment owned/leased by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings shall not be permitted as a storage building or for any other use within any residential district within the City.

C.        Private conservatories for plants and flowers (not including the sale thereof). Not to exceed 150 square feet in area and not higher than 8 feet for Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings. Not to exceed 150 feet in area and not higher than 12 feet for all other style buildings.

D.         Not more than 2 lodging rooms provided the dwelling is owner-occupied.

E.         Off-street parking and loading as required under Subdivision 6 of this Section.

F.         Customary, incidental home occupations meeting the following requirements:

1.    Permitted home occupations shall not be conducted in any building on the premises other than the building which is used by the occupant as the private dwelling; further, not more than one room may be used for such home occupation purposes.

2.    Permitted home occupations shall not include the employment, on the premises, of any persons not residing on the premises nor the use of mechanical equipment on the premises (excluding computer equipment and related printers), and further, shall not include exterior display of signs except as permitted by Section 10.16 of this Chapter.

3.    There shall be no exterior storage of equipment or materials used in permitted home occupations.

4.    Permitted home occupations shall not include any of the following:

a.   More than 1 office for a resident professional or business activity.

b.   The operation of any wholesale or retail business unless it is conducted entirely by mail and does not include the sale, shipment or delivery of merchandise to or from the premises.

c.   More than 1 chair barber shops or more than 1 chair beauty salons, or dancing or music lessons with more than 6 pupils at a time.

G.        Private swimming pools with fences that prohibit unauthorized entry. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or successor standard.

H.         Kennels, used to house pets owned by the occupants of the principal structure, located no further than 15 feet from the principal structure and no closer than 10 feet from any adjoining property lot line.

I.          Satellite dishes no greater than one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter.

J.         Moving or garage sales not held more than 2 times per calendar year for periods of a maximum of 3 days.

K.         Non-commercial towers supporting private television antennas.

L.          Rooftop Solar Panels providing they do not create glare for   neighboring properties or the public right of way.

 

 

Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See also Section 10.17, Subdivision 1.)              The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in an R-1,        Single Family District:

A.         Townhouses with less than 4 dwelling units and twin homes.

B.         Accessory apartments which comply with the Building Code and the following conditions in addition to any other conditions the City may establish:

1.    The structure must be owner-occupied, or obtain an Interim Use Permit from the City Council that would allow non-homesteaded ownership to ensure the degree of control over density, maintenance, and property values in an R-1 neighborhood so that the structure does not become primarily income property.

2.    Lots platted before February 1, 1965 must have a minimum lot area of 7,000 square feet, and lots platted after February 1, 1965 must have a minimum lot area of 9,000 square feet.

3.    1 paved off-street parking space shall be provided in addition to normal parking requirements for the district.

4.    There shall be no more than 1 accessory apartment with 1 bedroom and 1 occupant per principal structure.

5.    No attached or detached garage may be converted to living space to accommodate an accessory apartment.

6.    The owner(s) of the principal structure in which the accessory apartment is located must occupy at least 65% of the structure.

7.    The Building Inspector shall inspect the apartment and confirm that it meets the Building Code prior to the City=s review of the request.

8.    No exterior changes may be made to the structure until the applicant submits exterior elevation drawings which show that the changes are architecturally compatible with the adjacent properties and consistent with the City Code and are approved by the City.

9.    Accessory apartments will be allowed only within the following areas:

a.   Between Third Avenue South and South Broadway; and between the Burlington Northern Railroad tracks and southern city limits; or

b.   Between Third Avenue and Benton Drive; and Eighth Street North and Fifth Street South.

C.        Home occupations as defined by this Chapter 10, which do not conform to Subdivision 2. F. of this Section will be required to apply for a Conditional Use Permit if new, or upon the sale of the property, if existing.

D.         The deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or toxic waste, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards.  Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land.  Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.

E.         Publicly owned structures such as, but not limited to, city offices, public safety buildings, historical buildings, and primary and secondary schools accredited by the State Department of Education.

F.         Public or private utility service structures designed and used to serve the families in the surrounding area such as electrical power substations, telephone buildings, deep wells, elevated tanks and similar structures and uses.

H.         Solar energy apparatus and satellite dishes exceeding one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter, provided they will not cast shadows and obstruct solar access or cause wind deflection to a contiguous property, and, provided also that when constructed, the height of the apparatus is not greater than the distance to existing or probable structures on contiguous property in the event it would fall. This part excludes rooftop solar.

I.          Temporary buildings during periods of construction of principal structures.

J.         Towers supporting amateur radio antennas when located in the rear yard.

K.         Towers supporting commercial antennas and conforming with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance and limited to the following:

1.         Church sites, when camouflaged as steeples or bell towers;

2.         On government, school and institutional buildings.

              L.       Small cell wireless facilities with a valid permit in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.15B of this Ordinance. Small cell wireless facilities are prohibited on decorative light poles and streetscaping within the public right of way.

 

 

Subdivision 4. Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.  The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:

A.         Lot Area.  The lot area shall be at least 9,000 square feet, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 shall be at least 6,000 square feet, and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and July 21, 1997 shall be at least 8,000 square feet.

B.         Lot width.  The lot width shall be a minimum of 75 feet at established building line and 30 feet at the front lot line, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 shall have no lot width requirement and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and shall be a minimum of 65 feet at the established building line and 30 feet at the front lot line.

C.        Side yard setback.  For lots platted prior to February 1, 1965 the side yard setback is 5 feet, and for lots platted after February 1, 1965 the side yard setback is 10 feet for any principal structure, except that:

1.    The side yard setback on all corner lots shall be 10 feet;

2.    There may be a 5 foot setback adjacent to any portion of an attached non-occupied garage;

3.    There may be a 5 foot setback for any accessory building on the lot;

4.    The side yard setback for decks shall be five feet; or

5.    Where the property is served by an alley or service road the setback shall be 18 feet for structures which can be used as garages where the vehicle entrance faces the alley or service road.

D.         Lot depth.  The lot depth shall be 120 feet, except for lots platted before June 6, 1977, which have no lot depth requirement. 

E.         Front yard setback.  The front yard setback shall be 25 feet.  The City Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for previously established building lines with right of appeal to the City Council.

F.         Rear yard setbacks.  The rear yard setback shall be 1/4 of the lot depth, except for accessory buildings, which shall be set back 3 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet if it can be used as a garage with the vehicle entrance facing the rear lot line. For corner lots and irregular shaped lots the rear yard setback shall not be less than 18 feet.

G.        Floor-area-ratio.  The floor-area-ratio shall not exceed .35; which means not more than 35% of the lot area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.

H.         Height.  No structure or building shall exceed 35 feet above grade.  No structure or building shall exceed 28 feet on a lot platted before February 1, 1965.  “A Frame” type houses shall have a peak no higher than 40 feet from the grade plane.

I.          Conditional Uses.  Any Conditional Use other than a townhouse, twin home or accessory apartment shall be located at least 40 feet from the side lot line.

J.         Site Plan.  With the exception of one-family detached dwellings, all other structures shall require site plan approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

 

Subdivision  5.           Signs in a Residential District.  Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

Subdivision  6.           Off-Street Parking.

 

A.         2 parking spaces per single family unit are required with 1 additional off-street parking space per room for a boarder or person other than a family member.

B.         Parking spaces must be set back from adjoining property lines by a minimum of 18 inches.

 

Subdivision 7. Fences. 

 

                        A.  Fence Height:

 

                        1.  Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.

 

                        2.  Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.

 

                        3. Chain link fences may not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic fields.   

 

                        B.  Fence Location:

 

                        1. Fences may be constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.

 

                        2. The framing side of wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.

 

                        3. On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way, whichever is greater.

 

                        C.  Fence Materials:

 

                        1. Fence must be constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel, and rust resistant chain link.

 

                        2. The following materials are prohibited for fences:

a.       Barbed wire and electrical fences

b.      Razor wire

c.       Creosote lumber

d.      Masonry, except when less than 30 inches in height

e.       Chicken wire

f.        Deer fencing

g.      Woven or welded wire

h.      Plastic webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.

 

                        D.  Construction and Maintenance:

 

                        1. All wood fences, other than those constructed out of redwood or             cedar, shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all wood fences routinely thereafter.

 

                        2. Every fence shall be maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the following requirements:

 

                        a. The fence shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.

 

                        b. The fence shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.

 

                        c. The fence shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.

 

                        d. No fence section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface finish, including but not limited to paint or protective covering or treatment on more than twenty (20) percent of any one linear ten-foot section of the fence.

 

                        E. Non Conforming Fences

 

                        Fences that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are made conforming.

 

 

Subdivision 8 Restricted Accessory Uses.

A.   Portable Storage Containers. Portable storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30 days.  If such container is to be used for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator. New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid building permit.

 

SECTION          10.09   TWO FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT, R-2.

 

Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.  The following are permitted uses in an R-2, Two-Family District:

A.         One-family detached dwellings, including earth sheltered homes and one-family manufactured homes built in conformance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 327.31-24, provided the following design standards are met to ensure a favorable comparison with existing housing:

1.    Permanent, concrete or treated-wood foundations with basements which will anchor the structure.

2.    Roof lines must have at least a 3/12 pitch; flat or shed-type roofs are not permitted.

3.    The minimum dimension of any exterior wall shall be 24 feet.

4.    Metal siding is permitted with no exposed fasteners and overlapping in sections not wider than 16 inches.  Sheet metal siding is not permitted.

5.    The connection to city utilities is required, with no exterior fuel tanks.

6.   All building permits for new single family homes and homes that are moved onto an existing single family lot shall be accompanied by a certificate of survey which shall include the items detailed in Section A below.

            A.        Certificate of Survey Requirements:

1.    Two 11 x 17 Certificate of Survey copies

2.    Scale of drawing, north arrow, and property legal description, PIN and address

3.    Names of all abutting streets, dimensions of all lot lines, and easements of record

4.    Date of survey completion and Land Surveyor license number and signature

5.    Location of proposed and all existing structures on property including house, garage, driveways, sheds, decks, and locations of curb and gutters

6.    Location of primary structure/house on adjacent properties

7.    If applicable, identification of all floodplain areas and 100-year flood elevations with locations and boundaries of all delineated wetlands, with high water level elevations of all ponds, lakes, or other water areas on property or adjacent to property

8.    Dimensions of existing and proposed house, garage, sheds, driveways, decks

9.    Elevations of lot, lot corners, house, garage, driveway, decks

10.  Elevations of top of garage floor, top of basement floor, and top of block elevation

11.  Elevations of first floor and top of garage floor of primary structures/houses on adjacent properties (vacant adjacent properties shall be labeled as such)

12.  Benchmark locations and elevations

13.  Building setbacks (front, rear, and all sides) to all property lines and adjacent structures of all proposed structures

14.  Percent of impervious surface on property

15.  Grade of driveway

16.  Drainage information with spot elevations and drainage arrows

17.  Placement and method of erosion control, including the location of the construction rock entrance

18.  Location of stakes as detailed in Section B, below

19.  Additional information as requested and evaluated by City staff

 

                                            B.  Residential Staking Requirements:

1.      All stakes shall be established by a registered and currently licensed land surveyor and shall be placed at the following locations:

a.    Along each side property line at the front building line; and, rear building line.

b.    Near the front of the building excavation indicating the proposed elevation of the top of the building foundation.

c.   On the side yard setback lines if the proposed structure will be located on or within one (1) foot of a side yard setback line.

2.      The maintenance of these stakes, once established by the surveyor, shall be the responsibility of the building permit applicant.

3.      Placement of stakes shall be reviewed by the Building Department as part of the footing inspection.

 

B.         A state licensed residential facility serving 6 or fewer persons, a licensed day care facility serving 12 or fewer persons, or a group family day care facility licensed under Minnesota Rules Parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445 to serve 14 or fewer children, except that a residential facility whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or have been adjudicated delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal statutes relating to sex offenses shall not be considered a permitted use, as required by Minnesota Statutes Chapter 462.357 Subdivision 7, as amended from time to time.

C.        The temporary use of a one-family dwelling as a two-family dwelling after the granting of a variance in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 462.357, Subdivision 6. 2.

D.         Two-family dwellings.

F.             Townhouses with less than 4 dwelling units and twin homes.

G.           Religious institutions such as churches, chapels, temples and synagogues, and mortuaries.

 

Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in   an R-2, Two Family District:

A.         Private garages less than 900 square feet in area and not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure. 

B.         Storage buildings, not higher than then 15 feet, used for the storage of domestic supplies and equipment owned/leased by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings shall not be permitted as a storage building or for any other use within any residential district within the City.

C.        Private conservatories for plants and flowers (not including the sale thereof). Not to exceed 150 square feet in area and not higher than 8 feet for Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings. Not to exceed 150 feet in area and not higher than 12 feet for all other style buildings

D.         Not more than 2 lodging rooms provided the dwelling is owner-occupied.

E.         Off-street parking and loading as required under Subdivision 6 of this Section.

F.         Customary, incidental home occupations meeting the following requirements:

1.    Permitted home occupations shall not be conducted in any building on the premises other than the building which is used by the occupant as the private dwelling; further, not more than one room may be used for such home occupation purposes.

2.    Permitted home occupations shall not include the employment of any persons not residing on the premises nor the use of mechanical equipment (excluding computer equipment and related printers), and further, shall not include exterior display of signs except as permitted by Section 10.16 of this Chapter.

3.    There shall be no exterior storage of equipment or materials used in permitted home occupations.

4.    Permitted home occupations shall not include any of the following:

a.   More than 1 office for a resident professional or business activity.

b.   The operation of any wholesale or retail business unless it is conducted entirely by mail and does not include the sale, shipment or delivery of merchandise to or from the premises.

c.   More than 1 chair barber shops or more than 1 chair beauty salons, dancing or music lessons with more than 6 pupils at a time.

G.        Private swimming pools with fences that prohibit unauthorized entry. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or successor standard.

H.         Kennels, used to house pets owned by the occupants of the principal structure, located no further than 15 feet from the principal structure and no closer than 10 feet from any adjoining property lot line.

I.          Satellite dishes no greater than one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter.

J.         Moving or garage sales not held more than 2 times per calendar year for periods of a maximum of 3 days.

K.         Non-commercial towers supporting private television antennas.

L.          Rooftop Solar Panels providing they do not create glare for neighboring properties or the public right of way.

 

Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits (See also Section 10.17).  The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in an R-2, Two Family          District:

A.   Home occupations as defined by this Chapter 10, which do not conform to Subdivision 2. F. of this Section will be required to apply for a Conditional Use Permit if new, or upon the sale of the property, if existing.

B.    The deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or toxic waste, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards.  Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land.  Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.

C.   Publicly owned structures such as, but not limited to, city offices, public safety buildings, historical buildings, and primary and secondary schools accredited by the State Department of Education.

D.    Public or private utility service structures designed and used to serve the families in the surrounding area such as electrical power substations, telephone buildings, deep wells, elevated tanks and similar structures and uses.

E.    Solar energy apparatus and satellite dishes exceeding one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter, provided they will not cast shadows and obstruct solar access or cause wind deflection to a contiguous property, and, provided also that when constructed, the height of the apparatus is not greater than the distance to existing or probable structures on contiguous property in the event it would fall. This part excludes rooftop solar.

F.     Temporary buildings during periods of construction of principal structures.

G.   Townhouses with 4 or more dwelling units.

H.    A state licensed residential facility serving from 7 through 16 persons or a licensed day care facility serving from 13 through 16 persons, as allowed by Minnesota Statutes Chapter 462.357 Subdivision 8.

I.      Towers supporting amateur radio antennas when located in the rear yard.

J.     Towers supporting commercial antennas, conforming with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance, and limited to the following:

1.         Church sites, when camouflaged as steeples or bell towers;

2.         On government, school and institutional buildings.

 

Subdivision 4.            Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.  The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:

 

A.         Lot Area.  The lot area shall be at least 11,500 square feet, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 have no lot area requirement and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and shall be at least 10,000 square feet.

                                                            

B.         Lot width.  The lot width shall be a minimum of 85 feet at established building line and 50 feet at the front lot line, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 shall have no lot width requirement and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and July 21, 1997 shall be a minimum of 75 feet at the established building line and 50 feet at the front lot line.

 

C.        Corner Lots.  Corner lots shall be at least 80 feet wide, except corner lots platted before June 6, 1977 have no width requirement and corner lots platted between June 6, 1977 and shall be at least 75 feet wide.

 

D.         Side yard setback.  The side yard setback for lots platted prior to June 6, 1977, is 5 feet, and for lots platted after June 6, 1977 the side yard setback is 10 feet, except that:

1.    The side yard setback on all corner lots shall be 10 feet;

2.    There may be a 5 foot setback adjacent to any portion of an attached non-occupied garage;

3.    There may be a 5 foot setback for any accessory building on the lot;

4.    The side yard setback for decks shall be five feet; or

5.    Where the property is served by an alley or service road the setback shall be 18 feet for structures which can be used as garages where the vehicle entrance faces the alley or service road.

E.         Lot depth.  The lot depth shall be 120 feet, except for lots platted before June 6, 1977, which have no lot depth requirement.  

F.         Front yard setback.  The front yard setback shall be 25 feet.  The City Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for previously established building lines with right of appeal to the City Council. 

G.        Rear yard setback.  The rear yard setback shall be 1/4 of the lot depth, except for accessory buildings, which shall be set back 3 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet for garages with the vehicle entrance facing the rear lot line.  For corner lots and irregular shaped lots, the rear yard setback shall not be less than 18 feet.

H.         Floor-area-ratio.  The floor-area-ratio shall not exceed .35; which means not more than 35% of the lot area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.

I.          Height.  No structure shall exceed 35 feet above grade.  On lots platted before February 1, 1965, no structure shall exceed 28 feet above grade.  “A Frame” type houses shall have a peak no higher than 40 feet from the grade plane.

J.         Conditional Use.  Any Conditional Use other than a multiple dwelling shall be located at least 40 feet from the side property line.

K.         Site Plan.  With the exception of one-family detached dwellings, all other structures shall require site plan approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

 

Subdivision 5. Signs.  Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

Subdivision 6. Off-Street Parking.

 

A.         One parking space per bedroom is required with a minimum of 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit.

B.         Parking spaces must be set back from adjoining property lines by a minimum of 18 inches.      

 

Subdivision 7.   Fences. 

 

                        A.  Fence Height:

                        1.  Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.

 

                        2.  Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.

 

                        3. Chain link fences may not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic fields.   

 

                        B.  Fence Location:

 

                        1. Fences may be constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.

 

                        2. The framing side of wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.

 

                        3. On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way, whichever is greater.

 

                        C.  Fence Materials:

 

                        1. Fence must be constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel, and rust resistant chain link.

 

                        2. The following materials are prohibited for fences:

a.       Barbed wire and electrical fences

b.      Razor wire

c.       Creosote lumber

d.      Masonry, except when less than 30 inches in height

e.       Chicken wire

f.        Deer fencing

g.      Woven or welded wire

h.      Plastic webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.

 

                        D.  Construction and Maintenance:

 

                        1. All wood fences, other than those constructed out of redwood or             cedar, shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all wood fences routinely thereafter.

 

                        2. Every fence shall be maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the following requirements:

 

                                    a. The fence shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.

 

                                    b. The fence shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.

 

                                    c. The fence shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.

 

                                    d. No fence section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface finish, including but not limited to paint or protective          covering or treatment on more than twenty (20) percent of any one linear        ten-foot section of the fence.

 

                        E. Non Conforming Fences

 

                        Fences that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are made conforming.

 

Subdivision 8. Snow Removal.  After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 9. Restricted Accessory Uses.

A.   Portable Storage Containers. Portable storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30 days.  If such container is to be used for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator. New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid building permit.

 

 

SECTION          10.10   MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT, R-3

 

Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.  The following are permitted uses in an R-3, Multiple Family District:

 

A.   Apartments, two-family dwellings and single-family dwellings.

B.    Townhouses and Condominiums.

C.   Religious institutions such as churches, chapels, temples and synagogues, and mortuaries.

 

Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in   an R-3, Multiple Family District:

 

A.         Private garages not greater than 300 square feet per unit in area and not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure. 

B.         Storage buildings, not higher than then 15 feet, used for the storage of domestic supplies and equipment owned/leased by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings shall not be permitted as a storage building or for any other use within any residential district within the City.

C.        Private conservatories for plants and flowers (not including the sale thereof). Not to exceed 150 square feet in area and not higher than 8 feet for Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings. Not to exceed 150 feet in area and not higher than 12 feet for all other style buildings.

D.         Private swimming pools with fences that prohibit entry by unauthorized adults and children. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or successor standard.

E.         Non-commercial towers supporting private television antennas.

 

Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits (See also Section 10.17).  The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in an R-3, Multiple Family District:

 

A.         The deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or toxic waste, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards.  Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land.  Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.

B.         Publicly owned structures such as, but not limited to, city offices, public safety buildings, historical buildings, and primary and secondary schools accredited by the State Department of Education.

C.        Public or private utility service structures designed and used to serve the families in the surrounding area such as electrical power substations, telephone buildings, deep wells, elevated tanks and similar structures and uses.

D.         Solar energy apparatus and satellite dishes exceeding one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter, provided they will not cast shadows and obstruct solar access or cause wind deflection to a contiguous property, and, provided also that when constructed, the height of the apparatus is not greater than the distance to existing or probable structures on contiguous property in the event it would fall.

E.         Temporary buildings during periods of construction of principal structures.

F.         Hospitals, clinics, nursing homes, and other buildings used for the treatment of human ailments.

G.        Motels and motor hotels when located on property having access to state and federal highways.

H.         Day nurseries and nursery schools.

I.          Mobile home courts and trailer parks. (See Also Section 10.15)

J.         Towers supporting amateur radio antennas when located in the rear yard.

K.         Towers supporting commercial antennas, conforming with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance, and limited to the following:

1.         Church sites, when camouflaged as steeples or bell towers;

2.         On government, school and institutional buildings.

 

Subdivision 4.            Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.  The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots.

 

A.         Lot area.  The lot area shall be at least 13,000 square feet for the first 3 units and an additional 1,000 square feet required for each unit after 3, except for lots platted between January 6, 1986 and July 21, 1997, the lot area shall be at least 12,000 square feet for the first 3 units and an additional 1,500 square feet for each unit after 3, and lots platted prior to February 1, 1965 shall have no lot area requirement.  

B.         Lot width.  For lots platted after June 6, 1977, the lot width shall be at least 100 feet at the established building line and the front lot line.  For lots platted between February 1, 1965 and June 6, 1977, the lot width shall be at least 75 feet at the established building line and 50 feet at the front lot line.  There is no lot width requirement for lots platted prior to February 1, 1965.

C.        Corner Lots.  Corner lots platted after June 6, 1977, must be at least 125 feet wide.  Corner lots platted between February 1, 1965 and June 6, 1977, must be at least 75 feet wide.  There is no width requirement for corner lots platted prior to February 1, 1965.

D.         Side yard setback.  The side yard setback shall be 30 feet for all structures, except accessory buildings may be 5 feet from the lot line.

E.         Lot depth.  The lot depth shall be 125 feet, except for lots platted before June 6, 1977, which have no lot depth requirement.

F.         Front yard setback.  The front yard setback shall be 35 feet.  The City Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for previously established building lines with right of appeal to the City Council.

G.        Rear yard setback.  The rear yard setback shall be a minimum of 35 feet, except for accessory buildings, which shall be set back 5 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet for garages with the vehicle entrance facing the rear lot line.

H.         Floor-area-ratio.  For lots platted after February 1, 1965, the floor area ratio shall not exceed .35 for R-2 uses and .60 for multiple family residences; which means not more than 35% or 60%, respectively, of the lot area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot. 

I.          Height.  No structure or building shall exceed 3 stories or 40 feet in height, whichever is less.  “A Frame” type houses shall have a peak no higher than 40 feet from the grade plane.

J.         Green Space.  For buildings containing 3 or more dwelling units constructed after July 21, 1997, there shall be a minimum of 200 square feet of contiguous and useable green space, not including setbacks, for each dwelling unit.

K.         Outside Storage.  The storage of all waste, debris, recyclables and excess materials, supplies, non-usable products or equipment shall be completely enclosed within a structure and screened from public view.

L.          Conditional Uses.  Any Conditional Use shall be located at least 40 feet from any boundary line of an R-1 or R-2 district.

M.        Site Plan.  The application for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

N.         Performance Bond.  To ensure site plan improvements, including without limitation landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accordance with the approved site plan, a performance bond or other approved security in the amount deemed sufficient by the City Council must be deposited with the City before the issuance of a building permit for the project.

 

Subdivision  5.           Signs.  Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

Subdivision  6.           Off-Street Parking.

 

A.         1 parking space per bedroom is required with a minimum of 2 parking spaces for each dwelling unit.

B.         Any off-street parking area containing 5 or more parking spaces must be screened from any adjacent single family home or duplex by fencing or plantings.

C.        Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal building and not located within 5 feet of any street right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.

D.         A parking space, as referred to in this Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.

E.         All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage, a snow storage area, and if lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent family homes or duplexes.     

F.         No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designated so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

 

Subdivision  7.           Fences. 

 

                        A.  Fence Height:

                        1.  Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.

 

                        2.  Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.

 

                        3. Chain link fences may not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic fields.   

 

                        B.  Fence Location:

 

                        1. Fences may be constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.

 

                        2. The framing side of wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.

 

                        3. On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way, whichever is greater.

 

                        C.  Fence Materials:

 

                        1. Fence must be constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel, and rust resistant chain link.

 

                        2. The following materials are prohibited for fences:

a.       Barbed wire and electrical fences

b.      Razor wire

c.       Creosote lumber

d.      Masonry, except when less than 30 inches in height

e.       Chicken wire

f.        Deer fencing

g.      Woven or welded wire

h.      Plastic webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.

 

                        D.  Construction and Maintenance:

 

                        1. All wood fences, other than those constructed out of redwood or             cedar, shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all wood fences routinely thereafter.

 

                        2. Every fence shall be maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the following requirements:

 

                                    a. The fence shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.

 

                                    b. The fence shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.

 

                                    c. The fence shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.

 

                                    d. No fence section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface finish, including but not limited to paint or protective          covering or treatment on more than twenty (20) percent of any one linear        ten-foot section of the fence.

 

                        E. Non Conforming Fences

 

                        Fences that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are made conforming.

 

Subdivision 8. Snow Removal.  After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 9. Restricted Accessory Uses.

A.   Portable Storage Containers. Portable storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30 days.  If such container is to be used for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator. New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid building permit.

 

SECTION          10.10A  SUPPORTIVE CARE DISTRICT, R-4

 

Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.

  1. Housing For Elderly Persons with less than 20 Dwelling Units or Lodging Rooms meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.  Said structures may be townhouses or two family dwellings located on individual lots, meeting the requirements of this Section, or apartments, townhouses or lodging rooms located on one lot and meeting the requirements of this Section.
  2. Assisted Living with less than 20 Dwelling Units or Lodging Rooms meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.
  3. Nursing Home/Adult Care Home with less than 20 Dwelling Units or Lodging Rooms meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.

 

Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in   an R-4, Supportive Care District:

 

A.         The following uses provided they are contained within the principal structure and the total building area dedicated to all such uses in the structure is less than 10% of the total area of the structure:

1.  Barber and beauty shops.

2.  Chapels.

3.  Drug and convenience stores.

4.  Laundry drop off and self service laundry.

5.  Indoor health clubs and recreation facilities.

6.  Management Office.

B.         Private garages, not greater than 300 square feet in area for each dwelling unit (or lodging room) and not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall covering materials on the principal structure.

C.        One detached storage building per principal structure, not higher than 15 feet and which is used for the storage of supplies and equipment for the principal use, and having a floor area of not more than 10% of the total floor area of the principal structure.

D.         Private conservatories for plants and flowers (not including the sale thereof).

E.         Swimming pools (fenced to prohibit unauthorized entry. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or successor standard), tennis courts, and other outdoor social and recreational areas none of which may involve the use or construction of additional structures.

F.         Non-commercial towers supporting private television antennas.

 

Subdivision 3. Conditional Uses.

  1. Housing For Elderly Persons having 20 or more Dwelling Units or Lodging Rooms meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.
  2. Assisted Living with more than 20 Dwelling Units or Lodging Rooms meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.
  3. Nursing Home/Adult Care Home with more than 20 Dwelling Units or Lodging Rooms meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.
  4. Licensed Community Residential Facility meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.
  5. Unlicensed Community Residential Facility meeting the requirements of Subdivision 6 below.

 

Subdivision 4. Area, Height, Frontage, and Yard Requirements.  The following requirements shall be observed:

A.         Lot Area.  For apartments and lodging facilities the lot area shall be 13,000 square feet for the first 3 units (or lodging rooms, if applicable) and an additional 1,000 square feet required for each unit (room) after 3.

B.         Lot width.  For townhouses and two family dwellings, the lot width shall be a minimum of 45 feet per dwelling unit at the established building line and the lot line.  For apartments and lodging facilities, the lot width shall be 100 feet at the established building line and the front lot line.

C.        Corner Lots.  Corner lots shall be 125 feet wide.

D.         Side yard setback.  The side yard setback shall be 30 feet for all structures, except accessory buildings may be 5 feet from the lot line.

E.         Lot depth.  The lot depth shall be 120 feet.

F.         Front yard setback.  The front yard setback shall be 25 feet for townhouses and two family dwellings and 35 feet for apartments and lodging facilities.  The City Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for previously established building lines with right of appeal to the City Council.

G.        Rear yard setback.  The rear yard setback shall be a minimum of 1/4 of the lot depth or 35 feet, whichever is less, except for accessory buildings, which shall be set back 5 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet for garages with the vehicle entrances facing the rear lot line.

H.         Floor-area-ratio.  The floor area ratio shall be .35 for townhouses and two family dwellings and .60 for apartments and lodging facilities; which means not more than 35% or 60%, respectively, may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot. 

I.          Height.  No structure or building shall exceed 35 feet above grade.

J.         Green Space.  For buildings containing 3 or more dwelling units (or lodging rooms) there shall be a minimum of 200 square feet, not including setbacks, of contiguous and useable green space for each dwelling unit (or lodging room).

 

Subdivision 5.             Signs.  Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10 and will be regulated in the same manner as R-3 Districts.

 

Subdivision 6.            Performance Standards

A.           All facilities shall meet all federal, state and local regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, licensing, health, safety and building code requirements.  All licensed facilities shall provide proof of licensure before the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.

B.            At the time of site plan or conditional use permit application, applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the parking requirements of this Subdivision 6.  In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces, the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces based on the specific use and needs of the residents  including, without limitation, the likelihood that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use of the facility.

C.           Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall have one parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift.

D.            Assisted Living, Housing For Elderly Persons facilities and Nursing Home/Adult Care Home facilities shall have one-half parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift

E.            Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal structure and not located within five feet of any street right-of-way or three feet from the adjacent property line.  A parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.  Parking may be included on a level below ground.

F.             All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface or other material acceptable to the City Building Inspector and the City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate drainage.

G.           No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

H.            A minimum landscaped buffer area of 20 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular traffic.  Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.

I.              Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other light sources shall be effectively contained within the development and shall not cause glare or light spillover to any adjacent property.

J.             All structures shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.

 

Subdivision  7.           Fences.

 

                         A.  Fence Height:

 

                        1.  Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.

 

                        2.  Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.

 

                        3. Chain link fences may not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic fields.   

 

                        B.  Fence Location:

 

                        1. Fences may be constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.

 

                        2. The framing side of wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.

 

                        3. On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way, whichever is greater.

 

                        C.  Fence Materials:

 

                        1. Fence must be constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel, and rust resistant chain link.

 

                        2. The following materials are prohibited for fences:

a.       Barbed wire and electrical fences

b.      Razor wire

c.       Creosote lumber

d.      Masonry, except when less than 30 inches in height

e.       Chicken wire

f.        Deer fencing

g.      Woven or welded wire

h.      Plastic webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.

 

                        D.  Construction and Maintenance:

 

                        1. All wood fences, other than those constructed out of redwood or             cedar, shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all wood fences routinely thereafter.

 

                        2. Every fence shall be maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the following requirements:

 

                                    a. The fence shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.

 

                                    b. The fence shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.

 

                                    c. The fence shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.

 

                                    d. No fence section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface finish, including but not limited to paint or protective          covering or treatment on more than twenty (20) percent of any one linear        ten-foot section of the fence.

 

                        E. Non Conforming Fences

 

                        Fences that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are made conforming.

 

 

Subdivision 8.             Outside Storage.  The storage of all waste, recyclables, debris, supplies and equipment shall be completely enclosed within a structure and screened from public view.

 

Subdivision 9.            Site Plan Review.  An application for a building permit for property located within an R-4 District shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

 

Subdivision 10.          Performance Bond.  To ensure site plan improvements, including, without limitation, landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accord with the site plan approved by the City Council, a development agreement and a performance bond or other security in an amount deemed sufficient by the Council shall be provided to the City before the issuance of a building permit.           

 

Subdivision 11.          Snow Removal.  After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 12.          Restricted Accessory Uses.

A.   Portable Storage Containers. Portable storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30 days.  If such container is to be used for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator. New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid building permit.

 

SECTION          10.11   LIMITED COMMERCIAL DISTRICT, C-1.

 

Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.  The following are permitted uses in a C-1 Limited Commercial District.

A.         Office buildings, office complexes, offices or studios of business, professional and service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer, insurance adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician, (including medical and dental clinics and laboratories), photographer, realtor and chiropractor.

B.         Funeral Homes.

 

Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in a C-1, Limited Commercial District:

A.         Garages, not higher than 15 feet, provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure.

B.         Storage buildings, not higher than 15 feet, used by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet.

C.        Apartments or dwelling units as an accessory use to the principal structure.

 

Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits.  The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in a C-1, Limited Commercial District:

A.         The deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, toxic wastes, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards.  Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land.  Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond, guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.

B.         Service establishments such as barber or beauty shops, laundries, radio and TV repair, dry cleaning, or furniture repairing shops where not more than 3 persons are engaged in the work or business at any one time and in which only non-explosive and non­flammable solvents are used and no work is done on the premises for retail outlets elsewhere.

C.           Towers that comply with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance.

D.          Hotels and Motels

E.         Churches, chapels, temples, and synagogues.

F.         Commercial Child Care Facility provided that:

1.    The structure and operation are in compliance with State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.

2.    The City may increase the required lot size in those cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure compatibility of activities and maintain the public health, safety and general welfare.

3.    The facility has adequate City sewer and water services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the facility.

4.    All signage is in compliance with Section 10.16 of this Ordinance.

5.    The facility shall provide screening along the shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses or zones, or public right-of-way.

6.    The facility has two (2) parking spaces per employee on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be provided solely for the loading and unloading of children.  Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly marked.

7.    Loading and unloading areas are located so that children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and unloading areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and promote safety of the children.

8.    Required parking areas are maintained and shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures, nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of goods.

9.    Parking is located separately from any outdoor play area.

10.  Parking areas are screened from view of surrounding and abutting residential uses.

 

Subdivision 4. Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.  The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots: 

A.         Lot area.  The lot area shall be at least 12,000 square feet.

B.         Side yard setback.  The interior side yard setback shall be 10 feet.  When bordering upon property in the R-1 or R-2 District, the interior side yard setback shall be 25 feet.  The side yard area shall not be used for parking if bordering upon R-1 or R-2 property.

C.        Street side yard setback.  The street side yard setback shall be 10 feet.

D.         Front yard setback.  The front yard setback shall be 25 feet.

E.         Rear yard setback.  The rear yard setback shall be 1/4 of the lot depth.  No rear yard bordering upon or adjacent to an R-1 or R-2 district shall be used for storage, loading, unloading or similar activities unless the area is properly screened by plantings, walls, or fencing.

F.         Floor-area-ratio.  The floor-area-ratio in the C-1 District shall not exceed .75; which means not more than 75% of the lot area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.

G.        Height.  No structure or building shall exceed 28 feet in height.

H.         Site plan.  The application for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer showing the proposed use of the property.  The plan shall show enclosed waste disposal, utilities, drainage, ingress and egress, parking, landscaping, screening, snow storage areas, and other pertinent data.  Distances to surrounding buildings must also be shown on the plan.  The applicant shall submit these plans to the Planning Commission for consideration and recommendation.  In any event, no building permit shall be issued for any construction until authorized by a majority vote of the Council.

 

Subdivision  5.           Signs.   Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

Subdivision  6.           Off-Street Parking.

 

A.         For C-1 uses, 1 parking space for every 250 feet of gross floor area is required, except religious institutions, including churches chapels, temples and synagogues shall have the greater of 1 space for every 250 feet of gross floor area or 1 space for every 3 seats.

B.         Any off-street parking area containing 5 or more parking spaces must be screened from any adjacent single family home or duplex by fencing or plantings.

C.        Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal building and not located within 5 feet of any street right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.

D.         A parking space, as referred to in this Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.

E.         All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage and snow storage, and if lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent family homes or duplexes.

F.         No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances, will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

 

Subdivision 7. Outside Storage.  The storage of all waste, debris, recyclables, and excess materials, supplies, non usable products or equipment shall be completely enclosed within a structure or fence and screened from public view.

 

Subdivision  8.           Fences.  Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and 8 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback for fences.  Fences may be constructed on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.  On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way, whichever is greater.

 

Subdivision 9. Snow Removal.  After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 10.          Performance Standards.

                                    A. Metal Roofing.  All metal roofs must:

1.    Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)

2.    Be 26 or 24 gauge steel

3.    Be standing-seam profiled metal

4.    Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc, aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel, aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel

5.    Have concealed fasteners

6.    If painted, have at least a 20 year paint warranty

 

Subdivision 11.          Site Plan.  An application for a building permit for property located within a C-1 District shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

 

SECTION 10.12 COMMERCIAL DISTRICT, C-2

 

Subdivision 1.  Permitted Uses. The following are permitted uses in a C-2, Commercial District:

A.           Office buildings, office complexes, offices or studios of business, professional and service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer, insurance adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician, (including medical and dental clinics and laboratories), photographer, realtor and chiropractor.

B.            Funeral Homes.

C.           Restaurants, taverns and places of amusement and recreation such as bowling alleys, swimming pools, and skating rinks.

D.         The retail sale of merchandise.

E.            Convenience stores.

F.             Small engine sales and service, automotive sales and service, service stations, and service garages (excluding the sale and service of trucks exceeding 2 tons gross weight). All vehicles stored outside of roofed structures must be stored on paved or concrete surfaces. No vehicle repairs may be undertaken outside of roofed structures.

G.           Rental of household appliances, household furnishings and clothing.

 

Subdivision 2.         Permitted Accessory Uses. The following are permitted accessory uses in a C-2, Commercial District:

A.             Apartments or dwelling units as an accessory use to the principal structure.

B.              Storage buildings, not higher than 15 feet, used by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet.

C.             Private garages, not higher than 15 feet, provided the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure.

D.             Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings. All buildings shall require a permit from the Zoning Administrator which shall be valid for 90 days. The permit may establish conditions relating to the Hoop/Tubular Frame Building, including, but not limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on the property, signage, and additional parking requirements.

Permits shall be issued only in connection with the use of a principle structure on the property.  No more than two permits per year shall be issued in connection with any principle structure on a property.  A structure shall be considered a single principle structure for purposes of this section regardless of whether the structure contains multiple tenants or users.

Text Box: 49Subdivision 3.           Uses by Conditional Permits. (See also Section 10.17). The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in a C-2,   Commercial District:

 

A.           The deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or toxic wastes, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards. Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land. Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.

B.            Veterinary clinics and small animal hospitals.

C.           Rental of equipment and tools.

D.           Towers that comply with Section l0.15A of this Ordinance.

E.            Hotels and motels.

F.            Churches, chapels, temples, and synagogues.

G.           All site plans indicated Structures or Structural Alterations over 50,000 square feet.

H.           Permanent Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings for the retail sale of merchandise in connection with Horticulture and Landscaping uses only.

I.             Commercial Child Care Facility provided that:

1.    The structure and operation are in compliance with State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.

2.    The City may increase the required lot size in those cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure compatibility of activities and maintain the public health, safety and general welfare.

3.    The facility has adequate City sewer and water services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the facility.

4.    All signage is in compliance with Section 10.16 of this Ordinance.

5.    The facility shall provide screening along the shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses or zones, or public right-of-way.

6.    The facility has two (2) parking spaces per employee on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be provided solely for the loading and unloading of children.  Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly marked.

7.    Loading and unloading areas are located so that children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and unloading areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and promote safety of the children.

8.    Required parking areas are maintained and shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures, nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of goods.

9.    Parking is located separately from any outdoor play area.

10. Parking areas are screened from view of surrounding and abutting residential uses.

K.         Licensed Community Residential Facility -Adjacent to 2ND Street North between Highway 10 and Summit Avenue North and meeting the         requirements of Subdivision 11. B. below.

L.          Unlicensed Community Residential Facility -Adjacent to 2ND Street    North between Highway 10 and Summit Avenue North and meeting the requirements of Subdivision 11. B. below.

M.        Uses the City Council determines to be substantially similar to those listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the City’s general health and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be based on the following:

 

1.    There is a presumption that uses not specifically listed in the ordinance are not permissible.  The presumption may be overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district.

2.    The City in reviewing such requests must determine that the proposed use is consistent with the intent of the ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.

3.    The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council based on the criteria contained within this section.

4.    Upon the Planning Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole discretion shall make the final determination that the above criteria are met.

5.    This provision shall not be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as a permitted or conditional use in another district.

 

 

Subdivision 4.           Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements. The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:

 

A.        Setbacks. As part of the site plan review, setbacks will be established for each individual development by the Council, upon recommendation of the Planning Commission, subject to the following minimum standards:

 

1.    All yard setbacks, except front yards, shall be 25 feet when the yard adjoins an R-1 or R-2 Residential District.

2.    No yard bordering upon an R-1 or R-2 Residential District shall be used for storage, loading, unloading or similar activities unless there is an additional 20 feet of yard adjacent to the lot line, properly screened by plantings, walls, or fencing.

3.    No structure or building shall exceed 35 feet above grade.

4.    The floor-area-ratio shall not exceed 1.00, which means that 100% of the lot area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.

B.          Site plan. The application for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

 

Subdivision 5. Off-Street Parking and Loading.

A.           The greater of 1 parking space for every 250 square feet of gross floor area for the first 10,000 square feet of gross floor area, then 1 space for every 400 square feet of gross floor area thereafter; or 1 space for every 3 restaurant seats; 1 space for every 3 seats in religious institutions such as churches, chapels, temples, and synagogues; 5 spaces for each bowling alley lane; 1 space per motel unit or 1 space for every 2 employees, whichever is greater; 1 space for every 60 square feet of gross floor area for taverns with dance floors and for gathering areas without seats such as dance halls.

 

B.            Any off-street parking area containing 5 or more parking spaces must be screened from any adjacent single family home or duplex by fencing or plantings.

 

C.           Parking spaces shall be on the same lot as the principal building and not located within 5 feet of any street right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.

 

D.           A parking space, as referred to in this Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.

 

E.            All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage, and, if lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent family homes or duplexes.

 

F.            No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking
areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

 

G.          No public or private garage in a Commercial District for more than 5 motor vehicles shall have an entrance or exit within 30 feet of a Residential District boundary line.

H.           In the Commercial District, 1 off-street loading and unloading space shall be provided for each store unit having a gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or less. 1 additional space shall be provided for each additional 15,000 square feet of floor space.

 

Subdivision 6.           Signs in a C-2, Commercial District. Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

Subdivision 7.           Outside Storage. The storage of all waste, debris, recyclables, and excess materials, supplies, non usable products or equipment shall be completely enclosed within a structure or fence and screened from public view.

 

Subdivision 8.           Fences. Fences shall be limited to 8 feet in height. Fences may be constructed on the property line, except that a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way. On corner lots, fences may not be placed with 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on the public right-of-way.

 

Subdivision. 9.          Snow Removal.  After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 10.         LEDs.  Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) may be used as building edge lighting in this district.  This LED edge lighting shall be prohibited on any portion of a building facing residentially zoned property.  Acceptable edge lighting will be determined by the Community Development Director.  The LEDs on a building will not count against the calculated sign square footage unless configured as a logo, symbol, trademark, or words as determined by the Community Development Director.

 

Subdivision 11.         Performance Standards.

                        A. Metal Roofing.  All metal roofs must:

1.    Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)

2.    Be 26 or 24 gauge steel

3.    Be standing-seam profiled metal

4.    Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc, aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel, aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel

5.    Have concealed fasteners

6.    If painted, have at least a 20 year paint warranty

B.   Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities within the C-2 Commercial District.  These standards shall be in addition to and, where in conflict, shall take precedence over the other standards of this Section 10.12.

1.    A comprehensive Statement of Use shall be submitted with the applicant’s Site Plan Application. 

2.    Facilities shall meet all federal, state and local regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, licensing, health, safety and building code requirements.  Licensed Community Residential Facilities shall provide proof of licensure before the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.

3.    At the time of site plan or conditional use permit application, applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the parking requirements of this Subdivision 11. B.  In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces, the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces based on the specific use and needs of the residents  including, without limitation, the likelihood that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use of the facility.

4.    Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall have one parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift.

5.    Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal structure and not located within five feet of any street right-of-way or three feet from the adjacent property line.  A parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.  Parking may be included on a level below ground.

6.    All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface or other material acceptable to the City Building Inspector and the City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate drainage.

7.    No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

8.    A minimum landscaped buffer area of 20 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular traffic.  Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.

9.    Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other light sources shall be effectively contained within the development and shall not cause glare or light spillover to any adjacent property.

10. All Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.

11. There must be a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between another Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, or a Assisted Living, Nursing Home/Adult Care Home, or Roominghouse.

SECTION 10.12A:  D-1, HISTORIC DOWNTOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT

 

Subdivision 1.  INTENT. It is the intent of the D-1 District to provide for the establishment of commercial and service activities which draw from and serve residents from the community and its surrounding areas within the “Historic Downtown” area of the City.  The intent of the City is to preserve the “Historic Main Street” appearance with storefronts adjacent to the sidewalks and parking in the rear or side of the Buildings.  It is also the intent of the D-1 District to retaining the historic urban living options by allowing mixed uses within the Downtown area of the City.

 

Subdivision 2:  PERMITTED USES

1.         Offices or studios of business, professional and service occupations, including, but not limited to banks, accountants, brokers, engineers, insurance agents, travel agents, lawyers, physicians, realtors, chiropractors, and postal stations.

2.         Clothing services, including dry-cleaning and laundry establishments, laundromats, and shoe repair shops.

3.         Food services including grocery stores, fruit, vegetable and meat markets, restaurants, coffee shops, delicatessens, candy shops, and bakeries.

4.         Retail sales and personal services including drug stores, hardware stores, stationary and bookstores, news shops, apparel shops, showrooms for articles to be sold at retail, and flower shops.

5.         Personal services including barber and beauty shops, salons, tanning salons, and photographic shops.

6.         Governmental and public utility Buildings and structures.

7.         Recreational services including theaters and bowling lanes.

8.         Taverns, bars, service clubs and lodges.

9.         Medical clinics and other Buildings for the treatment of human beings.

10.          Post Secondary Educational Facilities/branches.

11.       Single Family Homes and Duplexes in Block 31, Original Town of Sauk Rapids, and also bordered between 3rd Street North and 3rd St. South and the East ½ of block bordered by 2nd and 3rd Avenues North and South (See Map). Refer to Subdivision 15 for additional requirements.

 

Subdivision 3:  PERMITTED ACCESSORY USES

1.         Commercial or business Buildings for a use accessory to the principal use (located in the rear of the principal structure).

2.         Accessory apartments containing not more than two (2) dwelling units per Building, when located above retail, office or other storefront Buildings.

3.         Fences as regulated by this Ordinance.

4.         Off-street parking and loading areas as regulated by this Ordinance.

5.            Signs as regulated by this Ordinance.

6.         Outdoor retail sales.

7.         Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings. All buildings shall require a permit from the Zoning Administrator which shall be valid for 90 days. The permit may establish conditions relating to the Hoop/Tubular Frame Building, including, but not limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on the property, signage, and additional parking requirements.

 

Permits shall be issued only in connection with the use of a principle structure on the property.  No more than two permits per year shall be issued in connection with any principle structure on a property.  A structure shall be considered a single principle structure for purposes of this section regardless of whether the structure contains multiple tenants or users.

 

Subdivision 4:  CONDITIONAL USES

The following uses require a Conditional Use Permit based on the procedures set forth in this Ordinance:

1.         Hotels and Motels.

2.         Automobile service stations, gasoline service stations, and auto repair garages.

3.         Auto sales with or without service garages (does not include the sale or service of trucks exceeding two (2) ton gross weight) between 3rd Street North and 7th Street North and between the railroad tracks and the west half of the block that is bordered by Benton Drive and 2nd Ave North.

4.         Drive-in and drive-thru restaurants, drive-thru banks and other drive-thru service windows provided that an internal site pedestrian circulation system shall be defined and appropriate provisions made to protect such areas from encroachments by parked cars or moving vehicles.

5.         Multiple family dwellings containing more than two (2) dwelling units which are designed to match with the “Downtown” providing they are located above retail or other storefronts.

6.            Commercial Child Care Facility provided that:

a)  The structure and operation are in compliance with State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.

b)  The City may increase the required lot size in those cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure compatibility of activities and maintain the public health, safety and general welfare.

c)   The facility has adequate City sewer and water services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the facility.

d)  All signage is in compliance with Section 10.16 of this Ordinance.

e)   The facility shall provide screening along the shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses or zones, or public right-of-way.

f)    The facility has two (2) parking spaces per employee on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be provided solely for the loading and unloading of children.  Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly marked.

g)   Loading and unloading areas are located so that children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and unloading areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and promote safety of the children.

h)   Required parking areas are maintained and shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures, nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of goods.

i)    Parking is located separately from any outdoor play area.

j)    Parking areas are screened from view of surrounding and abutting residential uses.

7.            Veterinary clinics and hospitals for small animals such as dogs and cats.

8.            Tri-Plexes, Four-Plexes, and Townhomes with less then five units in Block 31, Original Town of Sauk Rapids, and also bordered between 3rd Street North and 3rd St. South and the East ½ of block bordered by 2nd and 3rd Avenues North and South (See Map).  Refer to Subdivision 15 for additional requirements.

9.         Roominghouse.

            A. Performance Standards

1)    Rental properties with fewer than three Lodging Rooms or multiple residents under one master lease are exempt from the performance standards of this Subdivision 4. 9. A.

2)    One off-street parking space per Lodging Room is required.  Parking spaces shall not be stacked in a linear row.  A parking space, as referred to in this Section, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.

3)    A minimum landscaped buffer area of 10 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular traffic.  Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.

4)    The applicant shall submit with the conditional use permit application a site plan depicting the lot lines, location of all structures on the property, the required parking spaces and screening.  Compliance with the approved site plan shall be a condition of every permit issued under this Subdivision.

5)    There must be a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between another Roominghouse or a Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, Assisted Living, or Nursing Home/Adult Care Home.

10.       Licensed Community Residential Facility meeting the requirements of Subdivision 18. B. below.

11.       Unlicensed Community Residential Facility meeting the requirements of Subdivision 18. B. below.

12.       Small cell wireless facilities with a valid permit in compliance with the provisions of    Section 10.15B of this Ordinance. Small cell wireless facilities are prohibited on decorative light poles and streetscaping in the public right of way.

13.       Uses the City Council determines to be substantially similar to those listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the City’s general health and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be based on the following:        

 

A.           There is a presumption that uses not specifically listed  in the ordinance are not permissible.  The presumption may be overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district.

B.            The City in reviewing such requests must determine that the proposed use is consistent with the intent of the ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan, particularly in preserving the “Historic Main Street” appearance of the D-1 District.

C.           The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council based on the criteria contained within this section.

D.           Upon the Planning Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole discretion shall make the final determination that the above criteria are met.

E.            This provision shall not be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as a permitted or conditional use in another district.

 

13.       All site plans indicated Structures or Structural Alterations over 5,000 square feet.

 

Subdivision 5:  Uses by Interim Permits.  Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings for the retail sale of merchandise are allowed as an Interim Use under conditions imposed by the City Council upon recommendation of the Planning Commission including but not limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on property, signage, and minimum parking requirements.

 

Subdivision 6.   Submissions for Approval.  The application for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter in addition to the following requirements.  When Section 10.06A and 10.12A are in conflict, the more restrictive language applies.  One-family detached dwellings (referred to as single family dwellings in Subdivision 15 below) shall require a site plan in the D-1 District.  Prior to the issuance of a Building Permit for any Building or construction work and for any other exterior building and site improvement within a D-1 District the following information and documentation must be prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer, submitted and approved by the City Council after review and recommendation by the Planning Commission:

1.    A map showing the location, owners and uses of the Lot and all adjacent Lots;

2.    Location, size, height, dimensions, architectural design and building materials of all Buildings, drive-thru lanes, docks and other Improvements to be constructed upon the Lot;

3.    Location, size, dimensions, design, number and materials used for all parking spaces, parking areas, loading areas, utility and storage areas, refuse and garbage storage areas and snow storage areas;

4.    Location, size and type of materials of all pedestrian walkways, sidewalks, trails, driveways and egress/ingress to public streets;

5.    Building elevations for all exterior sides with building materials and colors shown;

6.    Location, size and type of materials of all fences and walls;

7.    Location and size of all open space, recreation and service areas;

8.    Estimated construction schedule;

9.    A Building Plan required by  Subdivision 7;

10.  A Drainage and Utility Plan required by  Subdivision 14;

11.  A Landscaping Plan required by  Subdivision 8;

12.  A Signage Plan required by  Subdivision 10;

13.  A Lighting Plan required by  Subdivision 11;

14.  Any other information the City reasonably requests.

As part of the Site Plan Review and approval, the Planning Commission may recommend and the City Council may, on the recommendation of the Planning Commission or on its own, require that changes be made to a Site Plan.  Such changes may include, without limitation, limiting the size and number of street accesses, requiring fencing or screening, requiring changes to the Landscape Plan, requiring alterations of the location and types of lighting and signage, altering parking lot design and layout to maintain the “Main Street” atmosphere of the District, altering Building layout, and other alterations and adjustments to ensure a design which is in conformance with this Ordinance, the City’s Comprehensive Plan and maintain the “Main Street” atmosphere of the District.

 

Subdivision 7:  BUILDING STANDARD

1.         Building Plan.  Prior to any construction, the following must be submitted to the City for approval. 

(a)       Plans must be prepared by an Architect or Engineer in at least 1/8” = 1’ scale;

(b)       Plans must show Building location(s) within the building site;

(c)       Floor Plans and Building elevations must show all features and information required by the City;

(d)       Plans must identify all materials used, samples, and color charts;

(e)       Plans must show all public and/or private utility connections and storm water drainage systems.

2.         Building Design.  Building design must comply with the following:

(a)       All sides of Buildings which will be visible to the public whether the front, back or side of the Building must meet the exterior finish standards of this Ordinance.

(b)       Buildings on corners should be at least twenty-four (24) feet in height on the street/sidewalk side of the Building.  If the Building is not two (2) stories or more, the Building should be designed to appear to be at least two (2) stories when viewed from all sides.

(c)       Building fronts and primary entrances should face the street side of the property when possible.  Dual front and rear/side entrances are permissible.  On corner Buildings, every attempt should be made to locate the primary entrance at the corner.

(d)       When Buildings are forty (40) feet or more in width along a public right-of- way, the Building must be articulated into small increments through the use of textures, divisions into storefronts with separate display windows, ornamental features (i.e. awnings) or by division of Building mass into several smaller segments. (See Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan).

(e)       In the Auto-Oriented part of the District, building glazing will be at least thirty percent (30%) between 2 and 10 feet on the street side of the building.

(f)         On the street side of the Building, Building glazing must be at least sixty percent (60%) of the façade between 2 feet and 10 feet above sidewalks.  Second and third stories must have at least twenty percent (20%) glazing of the façade.

(g)       Rooftop equipment and services must be screened from front view (see Section 7).

(h)       To the extent possible and practical, Building design shall meet the

class=WordSection6>

other requirements of Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan.

3.         Building Location. The following Building location requirements must be met except for stand alone residential structures which shall meet the requirements of Subdivision 15.

(a)      Buildings must be set close to the street with parking behind or on the side of the Building.

(b)      Buildings may not be set back from the right of way more than 5 feet unless one of the following apply:

 

                                                  i.    The Building is set back to accommodate a future turn lane or street widening.

                                                 ii.    The Building is set back to accommodate a larger pedestrian walking, gathering or seating area.

                                                iii.    The Building is set back to accommodate landscaping features which meet the goals of the Comprehensive Plan.

                                               iv.    The Building is set back due to grade changes on the Site which would otherwise require significant fill to level the Site or would require multi-story construction to accommodate front and rear entrances.

                                                v.    The building is located in the “Auto-Oriented District” as defined in the Comprehensive Plan (Between 3rd Street North and 7th Street North and between the railroad tracks and the West ½ of the Block bordered by Benton Drive and 2nd Avenue North. In this district, buildings may be setback far enough from the front curb to allow for double loaded angled parking between the front curb and the building.

(c)       Buildings should be located on corners whenever possible. 

(d)       Buildings must be constructed to provide at least fifty percent (50%) Lot frontage to the street.

(e)       Auto oriented businesses should be located on the sides and backs of Buildings unless located in the “Auto Oriented District”.

(f)         Buildings should be located to allow for common entrances at or near the center of blocks.

(g)       Buildings should be located to allow for the use of party walls when practical.

(h)       When practical, Building location should also meet the goals of Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan.

 

4.         Building Materials. All Building materials used must be harmonious with the general character described of the Downtown in the City’s Comprehensive Plan Section 4.  The exterior surface of all Buildings and structures must be constructed of one of, or a combination of, the following Building materials.

(a)       Brick or face brick including textured, burnished and colored block;

(b)       Specially designed precast concrete units if the surfaces have been integrally treated with an applied decorative material or texture (excluding raw concrete block painted or unpainted or ceramic faced);

(c)       Wood;

(d)       Natural or cut stone;

(e)       Glass or any combination thereof, or a decorative synthetic material approved by City Staff;

(f)        Stucco;

(g)       Pre-finished architectural metal panels when utilized for accent and/or architectural components of Buildings such as the entry or entry appendage, a required enclosure or screen or architectural roofing as an intended designed accent (not to exceed 15% of the exposed wall area on any two visible sides of the Building).

5.         Roof Materials. All roofs which are exposed to a view or are an integral part of a Building’s aesthetics will be constructed only of commercial grade asphalt shingles, wood shingles, standing seam metal, slate, tile or copper. The City Council may consider green roof options that reduce stormwater runoff and improve water quality.

6.         Awnings/Canopies.  Awnings may be required by the City over windows and doors where appropriate.  Awnings must be constructed of cloth or metal.  If awnings are illuminated by light, the illumination must be from shining light onto the awning and not from underneath the awning.  Awnings may contain store names but will then be used in calculating total sign area for the structure.  Awning colors should compliment the Building and should not attract attention by use of drastic color change or non-traditional design unless otherwise allowed by the City Council.  Awnings must be at-least eight (8) feet above grade. Plastic and vinyl awnings and canopies are prohibited.

7.         Utilities Screening. All mechanical equipment, whether located on the roof or pedestal or ground mounted around the Building’s perimeter, and any outside solid waste, raw material, inventory, finished product, equipment, fuel storage facility or other storage of any kind, must be architecturally screened from view using materials identical to, or structurally and visibly comparable and compatible with, the exterior Building materials used on the main Buildings on the Building Site. A raised parapet or other architectural feature, that is an integral part of the Building, is encouraged as a method of screening for rooftop mechanical equipment or to soften the rooftop view. Screening for rooftop mechanical equipment must incorporate similar architectural features of the Building and/or be constructed of a material and color compatible with other elements of the Building. All ground storage areas must be screened as provided above and must be hard-surfaced with either concrete or asphalt materials.

8.         Accessory Structures. Accessory structures and outbuildings must be of similar materials, quality and architectural and aesthetic appearance and conformance as the principal Building or structure and must be approved by the City.  Accessory structures may only be built after the principal structure has been completed on that Lot.  Accessory structures may not exceed the height of the principal Building or structure.

9.         Additions and Exterior Alterations. All subsequent additions and exterior alterations constructed after the erection of an original Building must be approved by the City, must be of the same materials as those used in the original construction of the Building, and must be designed in a manner conforming to the original Building’s architectural concept and general appearance.

 

Subdivision 8:  LANDSCAPING AND WALKWAYS

1.  Landscaping Plan. The landscaping, upon any Building Site or Lot, must be carried out in accordance with a Landscaping Plan which will be reviewed and approved by City Staff in writing before construction on a Lot.  City Staff must review and approve any variation or changes to the Landscaping Plan.  All areas of a Lot not occupied by Buildings, parking and loading areas, drives, walkways, or other permitted structures must be landscaped with trees, shrubs, grass or other planted ground cover approved by City Staff.  All ground cover must be planted in such a manner as to present a finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage within six (6) months after planting with proper erosion control during plant establishment period.  Lot owners have the ongoing duty to maintain, in an attractive condition, the landscaping on their Lot. 

2.   Sidewalks and Paths. All sidewalks and paths on a Lot must be constructed of concrete or brick type pavers. Brick, decorative pavers, or stamped (and colored) concrete must be used in areas adjacent to Building entryways. Whenever possible, sidewalks should not be located directly adjacent to Buildings, but should be separated from the Building by landscape features.

a)      Sidewalk furnishings.  The following language does not allow merchandise for sale or small cell wireless facilities as part of mentioned furnishings.  Benches, perimeter planters, hanging baskets, flower boxes, planting trellises, publication boxes shall be allowed on public sidewalks adjacent to the subject property under the following conditions:

1.    No sidewalk furnishings shall be permitted in any portion of the public sidewalk where normal pedestrian traffic flow is obstructed. A minimum clearance width of forty-eight (48) inches shall be maintained on the public sidewalk at all times.

2.    Sidewalk furnishings shall be secured during any period when the adjacent business is not open and being operated.  Furnishings shall also be removed when not in use due to seasonal conditions.

3.    All furnishings shall be kept in a clean, sanitary condition.

4.    It shall be the responsibility of the proprietor of the adjacent business to maintain all sidewalk furnishings at all times in a safe condition at its proper location and to inspect each such furnishing periodically in order that it may be properly maintained.

5.    All public improvements and maintenance, including but not limited to, trees, light poles, traffic signals or manholes, or any public-initiated maintenance procedures, shall take precedence over said use of the public sidewalk at all times.

6.    Prior to Placing any furnishings in the public right-of-way, the property owner shall provide to the City proof of liability insurance and sign an agreement holding the City harmless.

7.    The City reserves the right to require that sidewalk furnishings be removed from the public right-of-way in the event the City, through its Public Works Director, Community Development Director, or other appropriate personnel determines that the furnishings interfere with public use of the right-of-way, including the City’s plowing or other seasonal maintenance activities, or are otherwise not in compliance with this ordinance.

 

3.         Landscaping Methods. Landscaping may include seeding, sodding, raised planters, architectural decorative walls or fencing (upon approval by City Staff), trees and shrubs, ground cover and other landscape materials including permanent sprinkling systems, foundations, storm runoff retention ponds, reflective ponds, landscape lighting, rain gardens, pervious pavers and other methods of stormwater treatments as discussed in the Comprehensive Plan.

 

4.         Plant Material. Plant material selection will take into consideration disease and insect resistance, hardiness to the area, the ability to provide seasonal interest and future maintenance considerations. Native species are preferred. The following tree species will not be allowed: Box Elder, female Ginkgo, Willow and Cottonwoods (unless seedless). Pine trees will only be allowed in locations that will not create a sightline or other hazard upon the review of City Staff.

 

Subdivision 9:  PARKING

class=WordSection7>

1.         Off-Street Parking and Loading Areas. 

a)   The greater of 1 parking space for every 500 square feet of gross floor area; or 1 space for every 3 restaurant seats; 1 space for every 3 seats in religious institutions such as churches, chapels, temples, and synagogues; 5 spaces for each bowling alley lane; 1 space per motel unit or 1 space for every 2 employees, whichever is greater; 1 space for every 60 square feet of gross floor area for taverns with dance floors and for gathering areas without seats such as dance halls; convenience stores with gasoline: If part of a complex, at least six (6) spaces plus one space for each employee on duty during the largest shift shall be required.  Space for vehicles adjacent to gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces.  A stand-alone convenience store with gasoline shall require 15 stalls plus one stall for each employee on duty during the largest shift.  Space for vehicles adjacent to gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces.  Convenience store with gasoline facilities designed for sale of retail merchandise in addition to gasoline and convenience items shall require additional parking in compliance with other applicable regulations in this Section.

b)   Multi-family dwellings shall provide two parking spaces per Dwelling Unit or one per Lodging Room.

c)   Parking must be located behind or to the side of Buildings unless the building is setback from the primary street due to grade changes on the site which would otherwise require unrealistic amounts of fill in order to be buildable except as otherwise permitted in this section.  

d)   Parking may not be located on the corner of a block except for public parking areas which are part of a downtown plaza area with adequate screening from street and sidewalks unless the building is located in the “Auto-Oriented District” as defined in the Comprehensive Plan (Between 3rd Street North and 7th Street North and between the railroad tracks and the West ½ of the Block bordered by Benton Drive and 2nd Avenue North

e) Front or street side parking will only be allowed if the parking is adequately screened and separated by at least 6 feet of landscaped area including materials such as railings, fences, shrubs and trees. Pervious paving is encouraged in these areas.

f)      Conflicts with pedestrian circulation should be avoided when possible or be controlled with appropriate signage, striping, sidewalks, landscaping, or other methods.

2.         Parking Area Screening. All commercial parking areas and commercial driveways must be screened from the public right-of-way using planting screens, architectural railings, fences or other similar features to shield the view of parked cars to passing motorists and pedestrians.  Commercial parking areas and driveways must also be screened from adjacent residential areas using fencing, walls, and/or landscaping features.  If landscaping features are used, those features must be of adequate size to provide screening on the date of planting.

3.         Paved Surfaces. All parking, loading and driveway areas must have concrete curbs and gutters, must be paved with either concrete, bituminous, or paver brick and must be properly striped. It is preferable that the paving be of a pervious material.

4.         Entrance/Exit Width. No entrance to or exit from a parking area may be more than twenty-four (24) feet in width, and a maximum of sixty-five (65) feet of street front may be reserved for parking lot entrances.  Off-street commercial parking areas may not be designed so that vehicles must back into a street.

5.         Landscaping Parking Areas.

a.         The visual effect of all parking, loading, storage and driveway areas should be “softened” by using landscaping to minimize the visibility of hard-surfaced areas, vehicles and equipment to motorists and people working in the Buildings. 

                        b.         At least 10% of all parking areas must be landscaped. 

c.         Landscape islands and medians must be constructed to make parking areas appear smaller and more attractive from the street, to visually and physically break up the parking areas, and to direct traffic and control internal traffic circulation. Islands must be a minimum of six (6) feet wide to accommodate overstory trees and islands must be a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) square feet in area.  One (1) island should be installed for every twelve (12) parking spaces. One (1) overstory, ornamental or evergreen tree must be installed for every fifteen (15) feet of parking lot street frontage. 

d.         Parking areas with less than thirty 30 parking stalls shall be exempt from the landscape island requirement but shall not be exempt from the One (1) overstory, ornamental or evergreen tree requirement for every fifteen (15) feet of parking lot street frontage.

e.         Trees should be planted along parking lot edges to provide shade and screen cars.

g.         A six (6) foot wide landscaping buffer must be provided between parking lots and streets, public sidewalks, adjacent non-shared parking, trash/recycling areas, and Buildings. 

6.         Location of Loading Areas. All loading and receiving areas and garages and their entrances and exits, are not allowed in the front or street side of Lots.  These facilities must be designed and located so as to confine all truck maneuvering to the Lot to the extent reasonably possible. Loading areas and service area circulation must be separated from parking areas and other circulation on a Site to the greatest extent possible.  All such loading areas must include landscape screening when possible. Loading, unloading and receiving may take place on public streets between 12:00 am and 6:00 am unless otherwise prohibited.

7.         Loading Area and Garage Screening. Commercial loading areas and garage entrances and exits must be screened to minimize visibility from any public street, from adjacent Buildings front or side yard viewing point, and to the extent possible, must be away from any residential uses.

8.         Shared Parking and Entrances.   Shared and joint use parking is encouraged.  When possible, joint entrances must be used between properties to limit the number of entrances to any one block.

a)   Where it can be demonstrated that the demand for parking of the combined uses of two or more buildings can be satisfied with the shared and jointly accessible off-street parking available to those buildings and a permanent and recorded shared parking easement exists, then a special exception to the above off-street parking requirements may be granted by the City Council to satisfy the minimum parking requirements.

b)   Where parking is available off-site within 400 feet of a building’s front entry, and that parking is owned or controlled under a permanent and recorded parking easement or that parking is public, said parking may be counted to satisfy the above minimum off-street parking requirements at the City’s discretion.

c)   Existing on-street parking spaces (at least 25-foot stalls) on the right-of-way between the two side lot lines and abutting the front lot line of a site will be counted to satisfy the above minimum off-street parking requirements. In the case of corner lots, both abutting streets will be considered if they both have on-street parking spaces.

9.         Retaining Walls.  Screen walls and exposed areas of retaining walls must be constructed of a permanent material and finish and must be of a color and finish compatible with the principal Building on the Lot.  Notwithstanding the above, City Staff may require all retaining walls constructed within the Downtown be of the same or similar material approved by City Staff.

10.       Waste Handling Screening. All waste, recycling and related handling equipment areas must be either stored within the principal Building or stored in a four (4) sided enclosure at a minimum of five (5) feet in height constructed of brick, stone, decorative concrete material or a material comparable and compatible with the material of the principal Building. Waste handling areas should be shared between Lots and Buildings to the extent possible to minimize their impact and must be located on the rear or sides of Buildings to minimize visibility from roadways and parking areas. Any changes to trash handling areas once a Building is constructed must comply with this Section and require City approval.

11.       Storage of Trailers and Vehicles. There will be no long-term storage of trailers                                  or vehicles on any Lot unless stored entirely within an enclosed Building.

12.       No Outside Storage. There will be no outside storage of equipment or merchandise except as allowed in Subdivision 3 of this Section. 

13.       Outside Dining and Tables.  Outside dining areas may be seasonally permitted, but will require City approval.

14.       Maintenance. Each Owner must inspect, maintain, repair and replace the surface and subsurface of the parking areas, driveways, curbs, loading areas, sidewalks, and walkways within its Lot.  These areas must be maintained without holes, free of all dust, trash and other debris, and to a smooth and evenly covered condition with a type of material at least equal to the quality of the original material so as to maintain a consistent look and aesthetic harmony within the Downtown, including, without limitation, cleaning, sweeping, restripping, repairing and resurfacing.

15.       Debris and Snow Removal. Owners must periodically pick-up and remove all dirt, filth, debris and refuse from the parking areas, driveways, loading areas, sidewalks, walkways and trails within their Lot, and must promptly remove snow, ice and surface waters from, and de-ice and salt, all parking areas, roadways, curbs, walkways and sidewalks. Owners must plow snow as soon as a 3-inch accumulation occurs and plow snow again as necessary to maintain less than a 3-inch accumulation at all times. Upon cessation of snowfall, Owners must plow the parking areas, roadways, walkways and sidewalks reasonably close to the paved surface. All snow kept on Site must only be stored in the snow storage areas depicted on the Site Plan.

 

Subdivision 10:  SIGNS

1.         Signage Plan.  All requests for signs must be submitted to the City for approval and must contain a plan with detail as to height, size, location, materials, color, style and lighting, together with a full color rendering.  The Signage Plan must include the above information for all existing signage as well as for the signage being requested.

2.         Signs Styles.  Traditional wood, metal, or awning signs with lights shining onto the sign are encouraged.  Traditional neon signs may be permitted, if approved by the City.  Plastic signage which has interior illumination, although permitted, is discouraged.

3.         Sign Standards. Any sign located within the D-1 District must meet the following minimum standards:

(a)       Permitted Signs. On-premises identification, business or area identification signs will be permitted.

(b)       Pylon Signs. Pylon signs are not permitted.

(c)       Building Wall Signs. Building wall signage must not exceed one square foot per lineal foot of frontage or 15% of building frontage whichever is greater.  No individual wall sign may exceed 100 square feet.

(d)       Freestanding Signs. Freestanding signs are not permitted unless monument style not exceeding eight (8) feet in height measured from the top of curb on the street closest to the sign.  Although permitted, monument signs, which are internally illuminated, are discouraged.  Monument signs, which are metal, wood or similar materials with illumination provided by light shining onto the sign are preferred.  The maximum size for a ground or freestanding sign, including monument, shall be 100 square feet, measured from the widest point on the outside edges of the sign’s posts or columns.  Signs shall not extend beyond posts or columns.  No individual business shall have more then one freestanding sign.

  (e)     Identification Signs. One (1) area identification sign will be allowed per shopping center without reducing the square footage allowance for businesses in the center. Such a sign may be one (1) square foot per lineal front footage of all Buildings up to a maximum of one hundred (100) square feet.

(f)         Billboards. Off-premises signs (i.e. billboards) are not permitted within the Downtown (D-1 District).

(g)       Temporary Signs. Temporary Signs shall be permitted only in accord with City Ordinance.  Notwithstanding the above, temporary signs shall be limited to eighty (80) square feet and shall not be allowed for more than sixty (60) days in any calendar year.  Neon colored lettering is prohibited on temporary signs.

(h)       Clearance. Signs or marquees, which may extend beyond the Building lines, may not be constructed to extend over the property line.  Signs located within three (3) feet of an alley, driveway or parking area will have a clearance of fourteen (14) feet above finished grade.  Notwithstanding any restrictions contained in the City’s other Ordinances, Building signs may extend over sidewalks, if adequate clearance is provided.

(i)         Maintenance. All signs must be maintained in good condition and the area around them kept free from debris, overgrown grass, and weeds and from anything else which would be a nuisance. All signs must be kept in good repair.  Unless constructed of galvanized or non-corroding metal, signs must be treated with appropriate wood preservative or thoroughly painted as often as is necessary, consistent with good maintenance practices. All braces, bolts, clips, supporting frame and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, rot, or loosening.  All signs shall be able to withstand safely, at all times, the wind pressure that could occur.

(j)         No Flashing Signs. Signs may not flash, pulsate, strobe, rotate, or be affixed with moving appurtenances, or create the impression of movement.

(k)        Rooftop Signs.  Rooftop signs are prohibited.

(l)         Height of Signs on Buildings. Signs attached to Buildings may not extend above the higher of the ceiling line of the top floor or the top of a parapet wall.

(m)      Architectural Style. All signs must be architecturally compatible with other improvements on the Lot.

(n)       Residential Structures.  Signs on residential structures must meet the requirement of the Section 10.16 of the City’s Zoning Ordinance.

(o)       Sign Ordinance.  Except to the extent this section specifically authorizes or prohibits signage, Section 10.16 of the City’s Zoning Ordinance regulating Signs shall continue to apply in the D-1 District.

(p)       Any sign facing residentially zoned property, if only separated by a street, alley, or less, must be externally lit

 

Subdivision 11: LIGHTING

1.         Lighting Plan.  All Site Plans must contain a Lighting Plan showing the type, location and lumens of all lighting to be located on the Site whether free standing or located on the exterior of the Buildings.

2.         Lighting Standards. The lighting upon any Building Site or Lot must adhere to applicable Ordinances as well as the following requirements:

(a)       All exterior lighting must be energy efficient and must be located, oriented, and of an intensity to adequately illuminate only the Building Site or Lot where located without detrimentally affecting activity on adjacent Sites or Lots, or traffic on public streets and highways and directed away from any adjacent residential property.

(b)       Lighting must not be located on the roofs of Buildings. Any lights affixed to a Building must be oriented downward at no more than a 45 degree angle from the vertical so as to light only areas of the Site. No light source must be visible and the lumens at the property line must be .5.

(c)       Lights may neither flash, pulsate, nor be so bright as to impair or hinder vision on public streets or adjacent Building Sites, or otherwise constitute a nuisance in the City’s judgment.

(d)       Mixing of lighting types (i.e. sodium vapor, incandescent, mercury vapor, metal halide) must be avoided if possible.

(e)       Integration of similar lighting fixtures to City approved street lamps is required.

(f)        Decorative street lamps, as approved by the City, will be required for parking lot lighting.

3.         LEDs.  Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) may be used as building edge lighting in this district.  This LED edge lighting shall be prohibited on any portion of a building facing residentially zoned property.  Acceptable edge lighting will be determined by the Community Development Director.  The LEDs on a building will not count against the calculated sign square footage unless configured as a logo, symbol, trademark, or words as determined by the Community Development Director.

 

Subdivision 12:  OTHER IMPROVEMENTS

Improvements not Specifically Addressed. The construction and placement of Improvements such as special utilities, antennae, receiving dishes, towers, incidental storage Buildings, and other facilities not specifically addressed elsewhere within this Ordinance will require City approval.

 

Subdivision 13:  MAINTENANCE OBLIGATION

Maintenance and Repair. All Buildings and Improvements on Building Sites must be kept, maintained and repaired in good condition at all times. Regular maintenance routines must be followed by Owners such that the Building and Improvements continue to be maintained at all times.  Any damage resulting from casualty loss to any Improvements must be immediately replaced or repaired by Owner to their original condition, as nearly as possible.

 

Subdivision 14:  DRAINAGE AND UTILITIES

Drainage and Utility Plan.  All Site Plans must include a drainage and Utility Plan for the Site.  The drainage and Utility Plan must show the location of all utilities serving the Site as well as the location of utilities which are adjacent to the Site.  All Site Plans must also contain a Drainage Plan for the Site which should include low impact development stormwater treatment and containment techniques described in Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan where feasible. 

 

Subdivision 15:  RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES

1.         Site Plan Approval.  All residential development (excluding single family dwellings) within the Downtown requires Site Plan approval of the Planning Commission and City Council.  Single-family dwellings require Site Plan approval by the City Community Development Department.   

2.         Architectural Character.  Residential Buildings must be of an architectural character and quality that fits with the Downtown District.

3.         Siding and Materials.  All new residential structures must have one or more of the following siding materials and no other materials shall be permitted:

Brick or face brick;

Stone (natural or artificial);

Cedar or wood;

Cement fiber lap siding (James Hardi or similar type products);

Stucco;

Vinyl and steel siding is prohibited on new residential structures.

4.         Setbacks.  Residential Structures have the following setback requirements:

 

Front yard and street facing side yards – ten (10) feet from the sidewalk edge or five (5) feet from the edge of the right of way, whichever is greater. 

 

Side yard setbacks shall be five (5) feet, except no setback is required between twin homes, planned communities and condominiums developed in conjunction with one another.

 

            Rear yard setbacks shall be twelve (12) feet.     

 

5.         Garage and Driveway Locations.  All new structures must have driveways and garages placed in the rear of the structure with alley access if possible.  Garages should not dominate the view of the front of the structure.

6.         Orientation of Structure.  Houses shall be oriented toward the front/street side.  Houses must have a front entry with a sidewalk connecting to the public sidewalk or street.  Usable front porches are encouraged for all types of residential housing.  Multiple family dwellings must also have front entrances to the street side of the Building. 

7.         Landscaping.  Landscaping must be provided for all non-improvement portions of the Lot.  A Landscaping Plan must be provided to the City and approved for all non-single family residential structures.

 

Subdivision 16:  PERFORMANCE BOND

To ensure Site Plan Improvements for commercial and multi-family developments, including, without limitation, landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accordance with the approved Site Plan, a Performance Bond or other approved security in the amount deemed sufficient by the City Council may be required to be deposited with the City before the issuance of a Building Permit for the Project.

 

Subdivision 17:          SNOW REMOVAL

After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 18:          Performance Standards.

A.   Metal Roofing.  All metal roofs must:

1.    Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)

2.    Be 26 or 24 gauge steel

3.    Be standing-seam profiled metal

4.    Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc, aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel, aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel

5.    Have concealed fasteners

6.    If painted, have at least a 20 year paint warranty

B.    Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities within the Downtown Business District.  These standards shall be in addition to and, where in conflict, shall take precedence over the other standards of this Section 10.12A.

1.    A comprehensive Statement of Use shall be submitted with the applicant’s Site Plan Application. Facilities shall meet all federal, state and local regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, licensing, health, safety and building code requirements.  Licensed Community Residential Facilities shall provide proof of licensure before the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.

2.    At the time of site plan or conditional use permit application, applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the parking requirements of this Subdivision 18. B.  In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces, the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces based on the specific use and needs of the residents  including, without limitation, the likelihood that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use of the facility.

3.    Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall have one parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift.

4.    Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal structure and not located within five feet of any street right-of-way or three feet from the adjacent property line.  A parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.  Parking may be included on a level below ground.

5.    All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface or other material acceptable to the City Building Inspector and the City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate drainage.

6.    No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street.

7.    A minimum landscaped buffer area of 10 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular traffic.  Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.

8.    Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other light sources shall be effectively contained within the development and shall not cause glare or light spillover to any adjacent property.

9.    All Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.

10.  There must be a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between another Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, or a Assisted Living, Nursing Home/Adult Care Home, or Roominghouse.

 

Section  10.12B  Highway Commercial District, C-3

 

Subdivision 1.  Intent:  The Highway Business District is intended to control the use and development of land and improvements by creating a mixed land use district near and adjacent to major transportation corridors in the City of Sauk Rapids. This shall be done by allowing for a mixture of land uses and by establishing stringent standards for development.  This section shall be administered in a manner that will encourage and promote high-value development in a manner similar to a planned unit development, taking advantage of the highway location.  It is also the purpose of this District that a pleasant, attractive, and aesthetically pleasing environment be developed.  

 

Subdivision 2.  Permitted Uses.  The following uses are permitted:

A.   Office buildings, office complexes, offices, or studios of business, professional and service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer, insurance adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician (including medical and dental clinics and laboratories), photographer, realtor, and chiropractor. 

B.    Restaurants, except drive-thru restaurants.

C.   Restaurants with accessory outdoor dining facilities provided that:

1.    The applicant submits a site plan, which shall be prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer, and other pertinent information demonstrating the location and type of all tables, refuse receptacles, and wait stations.

2.    Access to the dining area be provided only via the principal building if the dining area is full service restaurant, including table waiting service.

3.    The size of the dining area is restricted to thirty (30) percent of the total customer floor area within the principal structure. 

4.    The dining area is screened from view from adjacent residential uses accordance with Subdivision 7. B. of this Ordinance.

5.    The applicant demonstrates that pedestrian circulation is not disrupted as a result of the outdoor ding area by providing the following:

                                          i.    Outdoor dining area shall be segregated from through pedestrian circulation by means of fencing, bollards, ropes, plantings, or other methods, and shall be subject to review and approval by the City Council.

                                         ii.    Minimum clear passage zone for pedestrians at the perimeter of the restaurant shall be at least five (5) feet without interference from parking motor vehicles, bollards, trees, tree gates, curbs, stairways, trash receptacles, street lights, parking meters, or the like.

                                        iii.    Overstory canopy of trees, umbrellas or other structures extending in to the pedestrian clear passage zone or pedestrian aisle shall have a minimum clearance of seven (7) feet above sidewalk.

6.    The dining area is surfaced with concrete, bituminous or decorative pavers or may consist of a deck with wood or other flooring material that provides a clean, attractive, and functional surface.

7.    A minimum width of thirty-six (36) inches shall be provided within aisles of the outdoor dining area.

8.    Storage of furniture shall not be permitted outdoors between November 1 and March 31.  Outdoor furniture that is immoveable or permanently fixed or attached to the sidewalk shall not be subject to the storage prohibition of this section.  However, any immovable or permanently fixed or attached furniture must be approved as part of the administrative permit application.

9.    Additional off-street parking shall be required based on the additional seating area provided by the outdoor dining area.

10.  Refuse containers are provided for self-service outdoor dining areas.  Such containers shall be placed in a manner which does not disrupt pedestrian circulation, and must be designed to prevent spillage and blowing litter.

D.   Veterinary clinics.

E.    Other institutions providing health care.

 

Subdivision 3.  Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following uses shall be permitted as an Accessory   Use and subject to all the requirements of this Section:

A.   Commercial or business building for a use of accessory to the principal use, not to exceed 30% percent of the size of principal structure.

B.    Signs, which meet the criteria of Section 10.16 of the City Ordinance.  Subdivision 10 of that section will apply to this District.

C.   Temporary buildings for construction purposes for a period not to exceed one year.

D.   Off-street loading and parking areas, subject to applicable section(s) of this Ordinance.

E.    Fences, in accordance with Subdivision 10. C. of this Section.

F.     Landscaping, which meets the criteria of Subdivision 8. C. of this Section.

G.   Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings. All buildings shall require a permit from the Zoning Administrator which shall be valid for 90 days. The permit may establish conditions relating to the Hoop/Tubular Frame Building, including, but not limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on the property, signage, and additional parking requirements.

 

Permits shall be issued only in connection with the use of a principle structure on the property.  No more than two permits per year shall be issued in connection with any principle structure on a property.  A structure shall be considered a single principle structure for purposes of this section regardless of whether the structure contains multiple tenants or users.

 

Subdivision 4.  Uses of Conditional Permits.  The following uses shall require a Conditional Use Permit based on the procedures set forth in Section 10 of the Sauk Rapids Zoning Ordinance.

A.   Office warehousing.

B.    Grocery stores/Supermarkets

C.   Nurseries.

D.   Lawn and garden temporary sales area (Interim Use Permit)

E.    Lumberyards and home improvement retail centers.

F.     Stone building material sales and service.

G.   Radio and television shops.

H.    Retail or service businesses supply commodities or performing a service, as follows:

1.    Apparel or clothing store.

2.    Department store.

3.    Funeral Home.

4.    Furniture dealer.

5.    Garden and landscaping sales and services, including produce sales.

6.    On-sale liquor establishment.

7.    Off-sale liquor establishment.

8.    Video store.

9.    Wholesale or warehouse retail operations.

I.      Appliance repair shops.

J.     Appliance showrooms and sales including furniture and carpet sales.

K.    Movie Theaters.

L.     Places of amusement and recreation such as bowling alleys, swimming pools, and skating rinks.

M.  Clubs and lodges

N.   Hotels.

O.   Motels.

P.    Taverns.

Q.   Drive-through and convenience food establishments, provided that an internal site pedestrian circulation system shall be defined and appropriate provisions made to protect such areas from encroachments by parked cars or moving vehicles. 

R.    Commercial car washes (drive through, self-service and mechanical) provided that stacking space is constructed, subject to approval by the City Engineer, to accommodate that number of vehicles which can be washed during a maximum thirty (30) minute period.

S.     Convenience Store with gasoline, provided that:

1)    The sale of food items is in compliance with state and county standards and subject to the approval of a Health Inspector who shall provide specific written sanitary requirements for each proposed sale location.

2)    The approximate area and location devoted to non-automotive merchandise sales shall be specified in general terms in the application.

3)    Motor fuel facilities are installed in accordance with state standards. Adequate space shall be provided to access gas pumps and allow maneuverability around the pumps.  Underground fuel storage tanks are to be positioned to allow adequate access by motor fuel transports and unloading operations minimize conflict with circulation, access, and other activities on the site.

4)    Wherever fuel pumps are to be installed, pump islands shall be installed.

5)    A protective canopy located over the pump island(s) may be accessory structure on the property however; adequate visibility both on and off site shall be maintained.

6)    An internal site pedestrian circulation system shall be defined and appropriate provisions made to protect such areas from encroachments by parked cars or moving vehicles.

T.     Postal Stations.

U.    Uses the City Council determines to be substantially similar to those listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the City’s general health and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be based on the following:

 

1)    There is a presumption that uses not specifically listed  in the ordinance are not permissible.  The presumption may be overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district.

2)    The City in reviewing such requests must determine that the proposed use is consistent with the intent of the ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.

3)    The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council based on the criteria contained within this section.

4)    Upon the Planning Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole discretion shall make the final determination that the above criteria are met.

5)    This provision shall not be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as a permitted or conditional use in another district.

 

V.    All site plans indicating Structures or Structural Alterations over 50,000 square feet.

W.  Commercial Child Care Facility provided that:

1.   The structure and operation are in compliance with State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.

2.   The City may increase the required lot size in those cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure compatibility of activities and maintain the public health, safety and general welfare.

3.   The facility has adequate City sewer and water services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the facility.

4.   All signage is in compliance with Section 10.16 of this Ordinance.

5.   The facility shall provide screening along the shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses or zones, or public right-of-way.

6.   The facility has two (2) parking spaces per employee on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be provided solely for the loading and unloading of children. Where on-street parking is available along the street frontage of the day care center, only two (2) of these spaces are required on site.  Required parking spaces shall be provided with vehicular access to a public street or alley.  Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly marked.

7.   Loading and unloading areas are located so that children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and unloading areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and promote safety of the children.

8.   Required parking areas are maintained and shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures, nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of goods.

9.   Parking is located separately from any outdoor play area.

10. Parking areas are screened from view of surrounding and abutting residential uses.

 

Subdivision 5.  Conditions Applicable to All Conditional Use Permits.  When considering Conditional Use Permits, the Planning Commission shall use the criteria established in Section 10.17 of the City Code.  In addition, the following criteria shall also be considered:

A.   When abutting a residential use in a residential use district, the property is adequately screened and landscaped.

B.    Parking areas shall be screened from the view of abutting residential districts.

C.   Vehicular access points shall be limited, shall create minimal conflict with through traffic movements, shall comply with all appropriate Chapters of this Ordinance as may be amended and shall be subject to the approval of the City Engineer.

D.   Provisions are made to control and reduce noise in accordance with MPCA standards.

E.    The entire site other than that taken up by a building, structure, or plantings shall be surfaced so as to control dust subject to the approval of the City Engineer.

F.     The entire area shall have a drainage system subject to the approval of the City Engineer.

G.   The architectural appearance and functional plan of the building and site shall not be so dissimilar to the existing buildings or area so as to cause impairment in property values or constitute a blighting influence within a reasonable distance of the lot.

H.    All outdoor storage shall be completely screened from view.

 

Subdivision 6.  Area, Height, and Yard Requirements.  The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:

 

A.   Setbacks.  As part of the site plan review, setbacks will be established for each individual development by the a recommendation from the Planning Commission and approval by the City Council, subject to the following minimum standards which may be increased upon site plan and/or Conditional Use Permit review:

 

Setback to R-1 or R-2 Residential District

30 feet

Height

45 feet

 

No yard bordering upon an R-1 or R-2 Residential District shall be used for storage, loading, unloading, or similar activities unless there is additional 20 feet of yard adjacent to the lot line, properly screened by planting, walls, or fencing.  The additional space must be used for green space, and not parking, loading, or storage.

 

B.    Site Plan.  The application for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer showing the proposed use of the property pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter in addition to the following requirements.  When Section 10.06A and 10.12B are in conflict, the more restrictive language applies.  The plan shall show enclosed waste disposal, utilities, drainage, ingress and egress, parking, landscaping, screening, snow storage areas, lighting location and types, and other pertinent data.  Distances to surrounding buildings must also be shown on the plan.  The applicant shall submit these plans to the Planning Commission for consideration and recommendation to the City Council.  In any event, no building permit shall be issued for any construction until authorized by a majority vote of the City Council.  In addition, no site plan may be approved for Commercial, Industrial or Multi-Family uses on any property within the City for which only a metes and bounds legal description exists.  Such property shall be platted in accordance with Chapter 12 of the City Code prior to or in conjunction with any request for site plan approval.  

 

1.   Building Plan.  Prior to any construction, the following must be submitted to the City for approval. 

 

a.   Plans must be prepared by an Architect or Engineer in at least 1/8” = 1’ scale;

 b.  Plans must show Building location(s) within the building site;

 c.  Floor Plans and Building elevations must show all features and information required by the City;

 d.  Plans must identify all materials used, samples, and color charts;

e.    Plans must show all public and/or private utility connections and storm water drainage systems;

f.     Fire hydrant and fire lane locations.

 

2.   Landscaping Plan. The landscaping, upon any Building Site or Lot, must be carried out in accordance with a Landscaping Plan which will be reviewed and approved by City Staff in writing before construction on a Lot.  City Staff must review and approve any variation or changes to the Landscaping Plan.  All areas of a Lot not occupied by Buildings, parking and loading areas, drives, walkways, or other permitted structures must be landscaped with trees, shrubs, grass or other planted ground cover approved by City Staff.  All ground cover must be planted in such a manner as to present a finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage within six (6) months after planting with proper erosion control during plant establishment period.  Lot owners have the ongoing duty to maintain, in an attractive condition, the landscaping on their Lot.

 

3.   Drainage and Utility Plan.  All Site Plans must include a drainage and utility plan for the site.  The drainage and utility plan must show the location of all utilities serving the site as well as the location of utilities, which are adjacent to the site and include low impact development stormwater treatment and containment techniques described in Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan where feasible.

 

4.  Lighting Plan.  All Site Plans must contain a Lighting Plan showing the type, location and lumens of all lighting to be located on the Site whether free standing or located on the exterior of the Buildings.

 

5.   Signage Plan.  All requests for signs must be submitted to the City for approval and must contain a plan with detail as to height, size, location, materials, color, style and lighting, together with a full color rendering.  The Signage Plan must include the above information for all existing signage as well as for the signage being requested.  Except to the extent this section specifically authorizes or prohibits signage, Section 10.16 of the City’s Zoning Ordinance regulating Signs shall continue to apply in the Highway Commercial District.

 

As part of the Site Plan Review and approval, the Planning Commission may recommend and the City Council may, on the recommendation of the Planning Commission or on its own, require that changes be made to a Site Plan.  Such changes may include, without limitation, limiting the size and number of street accesses, requiring fencing or screening, requiring changes to the Landscape Plan, requiring alteration of the location and types of lighting and signage, altering parking lot design and layout, altering Building layout, and other alterations and adjustments to ensure a design which is in conformance with this Ordinance and the City’s Comprehensive Plan.

 

C.   Maximum Bulk Area Requirements

1)    No structures or combination of structures shall occupy more than 60% of the lot area. 

 

2)    Maximum floor area ratio shall be 0.45.  Floor area in structures that is used for parking shall be exempt from the F.A.R. limitation.  Floor area ratio is the numerical value obtained through dividing the gross floor area of a building or buildings by the net area of the lot or parcel of land on which such building or buildings are located. 

 

3)    Maximum height shall be governed by Subdivision 6. C. 1. and Subdivision 6. C. 2. of this article, but not exceeding 45 feet as regulated in Subdivision 6. A.

 

Subdivision 7.  Design and Performance Standards.

A.   Architectural Standards.

1)    As part of the site plan review, a color illustration of all building elevations shall be submitted.

2)    The architectural appearance, scale, and functional plan of the building(s) and canopy shall be complementary and compatible with each other and the existing buildings in the neighborhood setting.

3)    Specially designed precast concrete units shall be allowed throughout the C-3 District, if the surfaces have been integrally treated with an applied decorative material or texture (excluding raw concrete block painted or unpainted, or ceramic faced).

4)    Within 800 feet of the right-of-way of any highway, all building exteriors shall be brick, stone (natural or artificial), decorative concrete block, EIFS, stucco, or glass, or any combination thereof, except for trim accessories and the roof. The exteriors of all other buildings located elsewhere in the C-3 district shall consist of brick, stone (natural or artificial), decorative concrete block, EIFS, stucco, or glass, or any combination thereof, or a decorative material approved by the city council, including, but not limited to, decorative masonry, but not including such things as plain basement block or metal.  The city council shall be responsible for reviewing and making recommendations concerning alternate exterior materials.

5)    All buildings shall have full footings and foundation.

6)    Garish or bright accent colors (i.e. orange, bright yellow or fluorescent colors) for such building amenities such as cloth or metal awnings, trim, banding, walls, entries or any portion of the building shall be minimized, but in no case shall such coloring exceed five (5) percent of each wall area.

 

B.    Screening.

1)    All heating, ventilation, and air conditioning equipment shall be screened if within 30 feet of any roof edges, and placed in a suitable location as determined by a recommendation from the Planning Commission and approval by the City Council. 

2)    All exterior storage shall be screened. The exterior storage screening required shall consist of a solid fence or wall not less than five (5) feet high, but shall not extend within fifteen (15) feet of any street, driveway, or lot line.

3)    Equipment used for mechanical, processing, bulk storage tanks, or equipment used for suppressing noise, odors and the like that protrudes from a side of a building or is located on the ground adjacent to a building shall be screened from public view as much as practical with materials matching the design of the building.  Where miscellaneous exterior equipment cannot be fully screened with matching building materials, landscaping may be used as additional screening.

 

C.   Landscaping

1)    At the boundaries of the lot, the following landscape area shall be required:

a.    From side and rear property lines, an area of not less than ten feet wide shall be landscaped in compliance with Subdivision 7. C.

b.    From all road right-of-ways, an area of not less than fifteen feet wide shall be landscaped in compliance with this Section.

c.    Where lots abut residentially zoned property, a buffer yard of not less than twenty feet wide shall be landscaped and screened in accordance with this Section.

d.    All landscaped area on the property must be maintained with a pre-installed sprinkler system prior to sod or seeding. Irrigation systems must be designed such that water pressure at the sprinkler or emitter is appropriate to the design, available site water pressure and manufacturers’ specifications.

e.    The property owner shall be responsible for maintenance of all landscaping, including within the boulevard.

 

2)    Overstory canopy of trees, umbrellas or other structures extending in to the pedestrian clear passage zone or pedestrian aisle shall have a minimum clearance of seven (7) feet above sidewalk.

 

3)    Landscaping Methods.  Landscaping may include seeding, sodding, raised planter, architectural decorative wall or fencing (upon approval by City Staff), trees, shrubs, ground cover and other landscape materials including permanent sprinkling systems, foundations, stormwater runoff retention ponds, reflective ponds, landscape lighting, rain gardens, and other methods of stormwater treatments as discussed in the Comprehensive Plan.

 

4)    Plant Material.  Plant material selection will take into consideration disease and insect resistance, hardiness to the area, the ability to provide seasonal interest and future maintenance considerations.  Native species are preferred.  The following tree species will not be allowed:  Box Elder, female Ginkgo, Willow and Cottonwoods (unless seedless). Pine trees will only be allowed in locations that will not create a sightline or other hazard upon the review by City Staff. 

 

Subdivision 8. Parking: Purpose. Regulation of off-street parking and loading space is necessary to alleviate or prevent congestion of the public right-of-way and to promote the safety and general welfare of the public. Regulation is accomplished by establishing minimum requirements for off-street parking of vehicles and loading and unloading operations associated with their use for the uses regulated by this Chapter by analysis of the intensity, duration, time and style of utilization of the land or structures in or from which each use is conducted.

A.   Application of Off-Street Parking Regulations. Application for all occupancy permits shall be accompanied by a site plan drawn to a readable scale, which indicates the location of off-street parking and loading spaces on the site for which the occupancy permit is requested.

B.  General Provisions.

1)      Permits Prior to Effective Date. Structures or uses for which a permit has been issued prior to the effective date of this Chapter which are not completed on its effective date shall be exempt from the parking requirements of this Chapter if the structure is completed within six months after the effective date of this Chapter. In such cases, the parking and loading facilities provided for the structure or use must comply with the Chapter requirements, which were in effect at the time the permit was issued.

2)      Floor Area. Floor area shall mean gross floor area as defined in the Rules and Definition Section. (Section 10.02 Subdivision 2) However, indoor parking and indoor loading spaces shall not be counted as part of the floor area of a structure for the purpose of computing the number of parking or loading spaces which are required.

3)      Design Capacity. When a building's design capacity is used for purposes of calculating requirements for off-street parking spaces, that design capacity shall be determined by Subdivision 8. D. of this Ordinance or as determined by the Occupancy Loading as specified in the Uniform Building Code.   An applicant may have fewer immediate available parking spaces, if the applicant can demonstrate to the Community Development Director that because of the hours, size, and/or mode of operation of the respective uses, there will be an adequate amount of parking available for the use during its primary hours of operation to meet the needs of such use at the time and can prove that the parking requirements in the ordinance are excessive for the particular use at the time of the application.  However, the applicant must be able to accommodate for additional parking if the demand increases by providing the rest of the parking area as green space on the same property as the primary use building and agree to designate it as future parking if needed.

5)      Benches in Places of Public Assembly. In stadium, sports arenas, structures of religious institutions, and other places of public assembly in which patrons or spectators occupy benches, pews, or other similar seating facilities, each 28 inches of such seating shall be counted as one seat for the purpose of determining the requirements for off-street parking where the parking requirement is calculated by application of a formula based on the total number of seats.

6)      Calculating Space. When the calculation of the number of off-street parking spaces results in a fraction, each fraction of 1/2 or more shall require another space.

7)      Calculating Space for a Compound Use. Should a structure contain two or more types of uses, the total off-street parking spaces required for each use shall be calculated separately unless requirements for joint parking arrangements can be applied and an agreement is executed in a form acceptable to and approved by the City.

8)      Joint Parking Facilities. Off-street parking facilities may be provided collectively in any District for more than one structure or use, if the following conditions are met.

1. The applicant can demonstrate to the Community Development Director that because of the hours, size, and mode of operation of the respective uses, there will be an adequate amount of parking available to each use during its primary hours of operation to meet the needs of such use.

2. The joint use of the parking facilities shall be protected by covenants that run with the lots housing all the joint users and the lot or lots on which the parking facility, which satisfies the parking requirement of this Chapter, is provided. Those covenants shall grant a perpetual easement for parking to the joint principal use lots. The form, manner of execution, and content of such covenants must be approved by the City Attorney and the document containing the covenants must be recorded with the County Recorder.

3. Total required parking spaces for the joint use shall be based on the combined peak requirement and shall not be fewer than the minimum ordinance requirements for the use which requires the most parking.

9)      Use of Parking Area. Required off-street parking space and the driveways providing access to them shall not be utilized for storage, display, sales, rental, or repair of motor vehicles or any other goods, the storage of inoperable vehicles, or the storage of snow.

C.  Design and Maintenance of Off-street Parking Areas.

1)    Access and Location. Parking areas shall be designed to provide access to a public alley or street.  No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 36 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.  No public or private garage in a Commercial district for more than 5 motor vehicles shall have an entrance or exit within 30 feet of a Residential District boundary line. 

2)    Parking Spaces. Each parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide and 18 feet long.

3)    Handicapped Parking Spaces. The size, number, and location of stalls reserved for "Parking for the Handicapped" shall be provided as required by State and Federal regulations. Signs bearing the required legend shall be erected to identify those spaces.

4)    Paved Surfaces. All parking, loading, and driveway areas must have concrete curbs and gutters, must be paved with concrete, bituminous, or paver brick and must be properly striped.  It is preferable that the paving be of a pervious material.

5)    Lighting. All parking lots containing parking for 20 vehicles or more shall provide an average horizontal illumination of between 0.4 and 1.0 foot candles. All lighting shall comply with the performance standards.  Lighting shall be directed away from adjacent family homes or duplexes.

6)    Traffic Islands. Raised islands shall be provided at the end of any parking row where it abuts vehicle circulation for traffic control. Raised islands shall also be provided to separate pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

7)    Curbs.  Design of curbs is required per the City Engineers requirements.   Curbs or other means shall be provided to prevent parked vehicles from overhanging property lines.

8)    Parking Lot Minimum Interior Landscaping. Landscaping shall be installed and maintained in all setback areas between the paved areas and the property lines.  At least 10% of all parking areas with more than 10 parking spaces must be landscaped.  This does not apply to structured parking underground or multistory.

9)    Parking Space Abutting Residential Use Districts. When a parking lot for six or more vehicles is located abutting a residential district or residential developed property, a landscaped side yard consisting of evergreen trees and shrubs and other plant material capable of measuring at least three feet high within two (2) years after being planted shall be planted. Exceptions may be granted through site/design review, as appropriate for mixed-use projects.

10)  Maintenance of Off-street Parking Space. The owner and tenant shall maintain the parking space, access ways, landscaping, setback areas, and required fences in a neat and adequate manner.

D. Off-Street Parking and Loading.

1)      Number of Required Off-street Parking Spaces. The minimum number of required off-street parking spaces for the following uses shall be as follows:

a.      Commercial Uses:

1)   Animal Hospitals and Kennels. One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area but not less than five spaces.

2)   Bank, Financial Service. One parking space for every 250 square feet of floor area.

3)   Business/Trade Schools. One parking space per student calculated by reference to the design of the school structure plus one space for each classroom.

4)   Clubs and Lodges. One parking space for each three seats calculated by reference to the design capacity of the meeting hall plus one parking space for every 25 square feet of customer space in the dining area and bar areas.

5)   Convention/Exhibition Hall. One parking space for each three seats calculated by reference to the design capacity of the meeting hall.

6)   Funeral Home. One parking space for each five seats plus one parking space for each 250 square feet of floor area not used for seating. If fixed seats are not provided, the requirement shall be one space for every 35 square feet of seating area.

7)   Food Service/Bakeries. One parking space for each 25 square feet of customer floor area.

8)   Hotel/Motel. One and a half (1.5) spaces for each dwelling unit, guest room, or hotel room. Any other use such as restaurant and conference space requires additional parking and loading spaces determined by the parking requirements for those other uses specified in this Section.

9)   Convenience Store with gasoline. If part of a complex, at least six (6) spaces plus one space for each employee on duty during the largest shift shall be required.  Space for vehicles adjacent to gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces.  A stand-alone store shall require 15 stalls plus one stall for each employee on duty during the largest shift.  Space for vehicles adjacent to gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces.  Facilities designed for sale of retail merchandise in addition to gasoline and convenience items shall require additional parking in compliance with other applicable regulations in this Section.

10)Offices. One parking space for every 250 square feet of floor area.

11)Medical and Dental Offices and Clinics. One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area but not less than five spaces.

12) Printing Process. One parking space for each 100 square feet of customer floor area.

13)Bowling Alley. Five (5) parking spaces for each alley. Other uses which are commonly associated with bowling alleys such as restaurants and game room space will require additional parking and loading spaces, the number of which shall be determined by the parking requirements for those other uses specified in this Section.

14)Pool Halls, Video Arcades. One parking space for each 25 square feet of customer area.

15)Skating Rink or Public Auction House. Fifty (50) parking spaces, plus one additional space for each 100 square feet of floor space in excess of 2,000 square feet.

16)Sports/Health Clubs, Culture Studio, Swimming Pool. One parking space for every 200 square feet of non-court area plus two parking spaces per tennis or racquet ball court and one parking space for each 50 square feet of deck area for a swimming pool.

17)Theater, Auditorium, Assembly Hall, Meeting Hall. One parking space for each three seats of design capacity.

18)Restaurants.  One parking space for every three restaurant seats.

19)Retail Store and Service Establishment. One parking space for each 200 square feet of gross floor area.

20)Shopping Centers. One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area.

21)Studios. One parking space for each 400 square feet of floor area.

22)The Planning Commission and city staff shall reasonably determine all other uses and the required parking spaces and make a recommendation to the City Council.

2)      Loading Docks.  No loading docks shall face a public road unless screened.  Visual screens/walls or other architectural features shall be installed to screen the view of a loading dock from any public road.  Screens/walls may consist of dense vegetation such as, but not limited to, hedgerows.  Any architectural features used as a screen/wall shall be compatible with the exterior building wall materials and the design of the street face of the building.  The screen/wall or architectural feature shall be of sufficient height and width to eliminate views of the loading dock from adjacent sidewalks and roadways.  All screens/walls or architectural features required by this subdivision shall require approval by the City Council upon recommendation of the Planning Commission.  Screening per Subdivision 7C of this Section shall be provided if any loading dock is facing any adjacent property zoned R-1 or R-2. 

 

3)      Off-Street Loading and Unloading Space.   In the Commercial District, one (1) off-street loading and unloading space shall be provided for each store unit having a gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or less. One (1) additional space shall be provided for each additional 15,000 square feet of floor space.

 

Subdivision 9. Exterior Lighting. 

A.   Definitions

 

Direct Light:  Light emitted directly from the lamp, off of the reflector or reflector diffuser, or through the refractor or diffuser lens, of a luminarie.
 
Fixture:  The assembly that houses the lamp or lamps and can include all or some of the following parts:  a housing, a mounting bracket or pole socket, a lamp holder, a ballast, a reflector or mirror, and/or a refractor or lens.
 
Flood or Spot light:  Any light fixture or lamp that incorporates a reflector or a refractor to concentrate the light output into a directed beam in a particular direction.
 
Footcandles:  The amount of light reaching the subject.  A unit of illumination produced on a surface, all points of which are one foot from a uniform point source of one-candle.
 
Full Cutoff- Type Luminaire:  A luminaire constructed or shielded to direct all light at a cutoff angle of less than 90 degrees.  Also, referred to as a Horizon Limited Luminaire.  
 
Fully-shielded lights:  outdoor light fixtures shielded or constructed so that no light rays are emitted by the installed fixture at angles above the horizontal plane as certified by a photometric test report.  
 
Glare:  Light emitting from a luminaire with an intensity great enough to reduce a viewer's ability to see, and in extreme cases causing momentary blindness.
 
Grandfathered luminaires:  Luminaires not conforming to this code that were in place at the time this code was voted into effect.  When an ordinance "grandfathers" a luminaire, it means that such already-existing outdoor lighting does not need to be changed unless a specified period is specified for adherence to the code.
 
Height of Luminaire:  The height of a luminaire shall be the vertical distance from the ground directly below the centerline of the luminaire to the lowest direct-light-emitting part of the luminaire.
 
Indirect Light:  Direct light that has been reflected or has scattered off of other surfaces.
 
Lamp:  The component of a luminaire that produces the actual light.
 
Light Trespass:  The shining of light produced by a luminaire beyond the boundaries of the property on which it is located.
 
Lumen:  The amount of light that a bulb produces. One footcandle is one lumen per square foot.  For the purposes of this Ordinance, the lumen-output values shall be the INITIAL lumen output ratings of a lamp.  
 
Luminaire:  This is a complete lighting system, and includes a lamp or lamps and a fixture (including all the necessary mechanical, electrical, and decorative parts).
 
Outdoor Lighting:  The night-time illumination of an outside area or object by any man-made device located outdoors that produces light by any means.
 
Temporary outdoor lighting:  The specific illumination of an outside area of object by any man-made device located outdoors that produces light by any means for a period of less than 7 days, with at least 180 days passing before being used again.
 

Wattage: The amount of electricity consumed by a bulb.

 

B.    Purpose and Scope:  The purpose of this Subdivision is to establish exterior lighting requirements that will 1) permit reasonable uses of lighting for night-time safety, utility, security, productivity, enjoyment, and commerce, 2) minimize glare, obtrusive light and artificial sky glow by limiting outdoor lighting that is misdirected, excessive or unnecessary, 3) conserve energy and resources to the greatest extent possible and 4) help protect the natural environment from the damaging effect of night lighting from man-made sources.

 

C.   Applicability. 

1)    All outdoor lighting fixtures (luminaries) on highway commercial properties shall be installed in conformance with the provisions of this Section as applicable as well as the latest rules, codes and regulations, including but not limited to OSHA, National Fire Codes of Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and National Electrical Code.  In addition, all lighting fixtures shall be installed under appropriate permit and inspection.

 

D.    Nonconforming Uses; Existing Fixtures: 

 

1)    Existing Fixtures.  All outdoor lighting fixtures existing and legally installed prior to the effective date hereof are exempt from regulations of this section but shall comply with the ordinance requirements for glare as follows:  Any lighting used to illuminate an off-street parking area, sign or other structure shall be arranged as to deflect light away from any adjoining residential zone or from the public streets.  Direct or sky reflected glare, where from floodlights or from high temperature processes such as combustion or welding, shall not be directed into any adjoining property.  The source of lights shall be hooded or controlled in some manner so as not to light adjacent property.  Any light or combination of lights which casts light on a public street shall not exceed one foot-candle (meter reading) as measured from the right-of-way line of said street.  Any light or combination of lights which casts lights on residential property shall not exceed four-tenths (0.4) foot candles (meter reading) as measured from said property. 

 

2)    New Fixtures.  Whenever a light fixture that was existing on the effective date hereof is replaced by a new outdoor light fixture, the provisions of this section shall be compiled with. 

   

E.    General Performance Standards.

1)      Control of Glare—Design                      

a.       Any luminarie with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of MORE than 1800 lumens, and all flood or spot luminaries with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of MORE than 900 lumens, shall not emit any direct light above a horizontal plane through the lowest direct-light-emitting part of the luminaire.

b.      Any luminaire with a lamp or lamps rate at a total of MORE than 1800 lumens, and all flood or spot luminaires with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of MORE than 900 lumens, shall be mounted at a height equal to or less than the value 3 + (D/3), where D is the distance in feet to the nearest property boundary.  The maximum height of the luminaire may not exceed 35 feet.  In no case shall the height of a light source mounted on a pole or on a building exceed the height limits of the zoning district in which the use is located, unless allowed by conditional use permit.

c.       Canopy Lighting.  Canopy lighting under the canopy structure shall consist of canister spotlights recessed into the canopy.  No portion of the light source or fixture may extend below the ceiling of the canopy. Total canopy illumination below the canopy may not exceed one hundred fifteen (5) foot candles at ground level.
d.      Light Cutoff.  The luminaire shall contain a cutoff which directs and cuts off the light at an angle of ninety degrees (90°) or less.
 
e.       Perimeter Lighting.  Lighting at the periphery of the site and building shall be directed downward, and individual lights shall not exceed fifteen (5) foot candles at ground level.
f.        Illumination.  Maximum site illumination shall not exceed four-tenths (0.4) foot candle at ground level when measured at any boundary line with an adjoining residential property or any public property. 
g.      Method of Measuring Light Illumination.  The foot-candle level of a light source shall be taken after dark with the light meter held six inches (6”) above the ground with the meter facing the light source.  Two readings shall be taken to ensure accuracy.  
 
2)      Exceptions of Control of Glare.
a.   Any luminaire with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of 1800 lumens or LESS, and all flood or spot luminaires with a lamp or lamps rated at 900 lumens or LESS, may be used without restriction to light distribution or mounting height, except that if any spot of flood luminaire rated 900 lumens or LESS is aimed, directed, or focused such as to cause direct light from the luminaire to be directed toward residential buildings on adjacent or nearby land, or to create glare perceptible to persons operating motor vehicles on public ways, the luminaire shall be redirected or its light output controlled as necessary to eliminate such conditions.
b.   All temporary emergency lighting needed by the Police or Fire Departments or other emergency services, as well as all vehicular Luminaires, shall be exempt from the requirements of this article.
c.   All hazard warning Luminaires required by Federal regulatory agencies are exempt from the requirements of this Section, except that all luminaries used must be red and must be shown to be as close as possible to the Federally required minimum lumen output requirement for the specific task.
d.   Luminaires used primarily for sign illumination may be mounted at any height to a maximum of 40 feet, regardless of lumen rating.
e.   Law Governing Conflicts.  Where any provision of federal, state, county, or town statutes, codes, or laws conflicts with any provision of this code, the most restrictive shall govern unless otherwise regulated by law.
 
4)      PROHIBITIONS.
a.    Laser Source Light.  The use of laser source light or any similar height intensity light for outdoor advertising or entertainment, when projected above the horizontal is prohibited.
b.    Searchlights.  The operation of searchlights for advertising purposed is prohibited without prior City Approval by Planning Commission and City Council. In no case shall the owner of the property be allowed to operate searchlights for advertising purposes more than twice per year.
 
5)      HOURS. 
a.    Outdoor Advertising Off-Site Signs.  Electrical illumination of outdoor advertising off-site signs is prohibited between the hours of 11:00pm and sunrise.
b.    The use of outdoor lights for parking lots serving commercial businesses shall be turned off one hour after closing, except for approved security lighting. 
 All illuminated window signs for advertising purposes shall be turned off between twelve o’clock (12:00) midnight and sunrise; except, that said signs may be illuminated while the business facility on the premises is open for service. 
 
6)      TEMPORARY OUTDOOR LIGHTING.
a.    Any temporary outdoor lighting that conforms to the requirements of this Ordinance shall be allowed.  Nonconforming temporary outdoor lighting may be permitted by the Community Development Director or staff designee after considering:  (1) the public and/or private benefits that will result from the temporary lighting; (2) any annoyance or safety problems that may result from the use of the temporary lighting; and (3) the duration of the temporary nonconforming lighting.  The applicant shall submit a detailed description of the proposed temporary nonconforming lighting to the Community Development Director.
 

7)      NEW SUBDIVISION CONSTRUCTION.

a.    Submission Contents.  The applicant for any permit required by any provision of the laws of this jurisdiction in connection with proposed work involving outdoor lighting fixtures shall submit (as part of the application for permit) evidence that the proposed work will comply with this Code.  The submission shall contain but shall not necessarily be limited to the following, all or part of which may be part or in addition to the information required elsewhere in the laws of this jurisdiction upon application for the required permit:

 
§  Plans indicating the location on the premises, and the type of  illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports, reflectors, and other devices;
§   Description of the illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports, reflectors, and other devices and the description may include, but is not  limited to, catalog cuts by manufacturers and drawings (including sections  where required);
§  Photometric data, such as that furnished by manufacturers or similar showing the angle of cut off or light emissions.
 
b.    Additional Submission.  The above required plans, descriptions and data shall be sufficiently complete to enable the plans examiner to readily determine whether compliance with the requirements of this Code will be secured.  If such plans, descriptions and data cannot enable this ready determination, by reason of the nature or configuration of the devices, fixtures, or lamps proposed, the applicant shall additionally submit as evidence of compliance to enable such determination such certified reports of tests as will do so provided that these tests shall have been performed and certified by a recognized testing laboratory.
 
c.    Subdivision Plat Certification.  If any subdivision proposes to have installed street or other common or public area outdoor lighting, the final plat shall contain a statement certifying that the applicable provisions of the City of Sauk Rapids Exterior Lighting Code will be adhered to.
 
d.    Lamp or Fixture Substitution.  Should any outdoor light fixture, or the type of light source therein, be changed after the permit has been issued, a change request must be submitted to the building official for his approval together with adequate information to assure compliance with this code, which must be received prior to substitution.
 

F.   LEDs.  Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) may be used as building edge lighting in this district.  This LED edge lighting shall be prohibited on any portion of a building facing residentially zoned property.  Acceptable edge lighting will be determined by the Community Development Director.  The LEDs on a building will not count against the calculated sign square footage unless configured as a logo, symbol, trademark, or words as determined by the Community Development Director.

 

Subdivision 10.  Other Requirements.

 

A.   Existing Buildings.

1)    Existing buildings are exempt from the building exteriors standards until they expand.  At that time the Planning Commission shall review the proposed exterior through the site plan process to determine if it meets the intent of the Ordinance and make a recommendation to the City Council.

 

B.    Noise.  It is unlawful to make, continue or cause to be made or continued, any noise in excess of the noise levels set forth unless such noise be reasonably necessary to the preservation of life, health, safety, or property.  Sound in excess of the residential district limitation as measured in a residential district are violations of this Section whether the sound originates in a residential district or any other district.

 

Duration of Sound

6:00am-6:00pm

6:00pm-6:00am

Less than 10 minutes

75 dB

70 dB

Between 10 minutes and 2 hours

70 dB

60 dB

In excess of 2 hours

60 dB

50 dB

 

C.   Fences.  Fences shall be limited to 8 feet in height.  Fences may be constructed on the property line, except that a 3-foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.  On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on the public right-of-way.

 

Subdivision 11.  Snow Removal.

 

After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 12. Performance Standards.

                        A. Metal Roofing.  All metal roofs must:

1.    Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)

2.    Be 26 or 24 gauge steel

3.    Be standing-seam profiled metal

4.    Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc, aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel, aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel

5.    Have concealed fasteners

6.    If painted, have at least a 20 year paint warranty

 

SECTION          10.13   INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT, I-1.

 

Subdivision 1.            Permitted Uses.  The following uses are permitted in areas zoned for light industry provided that no facility which is noxious or hazardous or which would violate any Minnesota Statute shall be permitted:

A.         Offices or studios of business, professional and service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer, insurance adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician, photographer, realtor and chiropractor.

B.         Funeral Homes.

C.        Storage buildings, not higher than 15 feet used by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet.

D.         Restaurants, taverns and places of amusement and recreation such as bowling alleys, swimming pools, and skating rinks.

E.         The retail sale of merchandise.

F.         Convenience stores.

G.        Automotive sales and service, service stations, service garages.  All vehicles stored outside of roofed structures must be stored on paved or concrete surfaces.  No vehicle repairs may be undertaken outside of roofed structures.

H.         Rental of household appliances, household furnishings and clothing.

I.          Wholesale business establishments, excluding petroleum or other toxic or flammable chemical businesses.

J.         Warehouses or truck terminals.

K.         Contractor's shops, roofing, electrical, blacksmith, carpentry, glazing, heating, plumbing, painting, paperhanging, ventilating, welding, upholstering, fencing, or business of a similar nature.

L.          Storage yards for building materials, coal, wood or ice.

M.        Rental of equipment, tools and trucks.

N.         Bottling works and distributors.

O.        Printing facilities.

P.         Kennels housing 4 or more animals.

Q.        Storage and sale of building materials.

R.         Mini-storage facilities, self storage facilities, or public storage facilities, defined as a storage facility serving multiple tenants with individual access to rental spaces.

S.         Adult Use Establishments with a minimum separation of  350 lineal feet from any other Adult Use Establishment and 1,000 lineal feet from any hotel, motel, nursing care home, housing for the elderly, day care facility, church, school, and any residentially zoned property.  Adult Use Establishments shall only be allowed in I-1 Industrial Districts.

T.          Wholesale lens grinding.

 

Subdivision 2. Manufacturing Permitted in I-1 District.  The following are permitted in an I-1 Industrial District:

 

A.         The manufacture, compounding, processing, packing or treatment of products such as candy, cosmetics, drugs, perfumes, pharmaceuticals, toiletries and food products except the rendering of fats and oils.

B.         The manufacture, compounding, assembly or treatment of particles or merchandise from the following previously prepared materials: aluminum, bone, brass, bronze, cellophane, canvas, cloth, cork, feathers, felt, fiber, fur, glass, hair, horn, iron, leather, paper, plastics, precious or semi-precious metal or stones, shell, rubber, steel, tin, tobacco, wood (excluding saw mills), and tars and paint not involving a boiling process.

 

Subdivision 3. Permitted Accessory Uses.  The following are permitted accessory uses in an I-1, Industrial District:

A.         Shelter for watch-persons.

 

Subdivision 4. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See also Section 10.17).  The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in an I-1, Industrial District:

A.         The entirely enclosed, in a roofed structure, storage of junk and salvage, scrap metal, paper, rags, household appliances, or recyclables.

B.         The storage of common chemicals not involving noxious odors or dangers of fire or explosions.

C.        The manufacture or storage of insecticides and disinfectants.

D.         The assembly or manufacturing of machinery tools and electrical equipment.

E.         The packing and processing of meat and flesh products.

F.         The deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or toxic wastes, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards.  Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land.  Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.

G.        Bulk gas storage.

H.         Towers that comply with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance.

I.          Animal Shelters provided that:

            1.  Animals remain indoors at all times.

a.    Exceptions

1)    Dogs may be taken for walks outside of the facility providing they are on a leash, however under no circumstances will dogs be allowed to be tied up on a leash outside of the facility.

2)    Animals being considered for adoption may be taken outside of the facility by the potential adopter, providing that the animal is kept on a leash at all times.

            2.  They are located in a freestanding building.

            3.  The shelter must be at least 500 feet from residential homes.

            4.   Non domesticated animals and farm animals as defined in Section 4 of this Ordinance, shall only be allowed provided that protective devices adequate to prevent such animals from escaping or injuring the public are established and maintained.

            5.  All deceased animals must be disposed of offsite.

            6.  Adoption.

a.    All dogs and cats that are adopted must be spayed or neutered. Adult dogs and cats shall be spayed or neutered within one month of adoption. Puppies and kittens shall be spayed or neutered within 3 months of adoption.

b.    The Shelter shall provide an information packet to anyone considering adoption of a pet that will include at minimum the requirements to spay or neuter and a statement advising people to check with their local ordinances concerning animal control regulations.

            7.   Ventilation rates for Animal Shelters shall be determined by an approved engineering analysis.  Air temperature must be maintained between sixty and seventy-five degrees Fahrenheit.

            8.   All Animal Shelters shall be responsible for immediately removing any feces of the animals and disposal of such feces in a sanitary manner.  Additionally, the Animal Shelter must manage the feces and other bodily wastes from any animal in a timely and sanitary manner so as to prevent health risks, and must maintain an animal and the area where it is kept so as to prevent the detection of odors off the property that offend the senses of a reasonable person for more than one day.  All facilities must take such steps as necessary to correct a violation within 24 hours of being provided notice by the Police Department.

            9.  All floors and walls shall be of a non-porous material or sealed concrete to make it non-porous.

            10.  A separate room shall be provided to separate sick or injured animals from the healthy animals.

            11.  Kennel size.

a.    A confinement area must provide sufficient space to allow each animal to turn about freely and to easily stand, sit, and lie in a normal position. Each confined animal must be provided a minimum square footage of floor space as measured from the tip of its nose to the base of its tail, plus 25 percent, expressed in square feet. The formula for computing minimum square footage is: (length of animal in inches plus 25 percent) times (length of animal in inches plus 25 percent), divided by 144. A shaded area must be provided sufficient to protect the animal from the direct rays of the sun at all times during the months of May to October.

b.    All dogs and cats must have their own kennel, and only one dog or cat may occupy a kennel at one time unless the dogs or cats are under 6 months of age.

c.    Dog kennels may not be stacked on top of each other.

1.    An indoor kennel run for exercising the animals shall be provided.

2.    Except to the extent where this section is more restrictive, all shelters shall meet the Best Management and Standards for Care of Dogs and Cats as adopted by the Minnesota Department of Agriculture pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 346.58.

 

J.    Uses the City Council determines to be substantially similar to those listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the City’s general health and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be based on the following:

 

1.    There is a presumption that uses not specifically listed  in the ordinance are not permissible.  The presumption may be overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district.

2.    The City in reviewing such requests must determine that the proposed use is consistent with the intent of the ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.

3.    The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council based on the criteria contained within this section.

4.    Upon the Planning Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole discretion shall make the final determination that the above criteria are met.

5.    This provision shall not be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as a permitted or conditional use in another district.

K.  Licensed Community Residential Facility.

L.  Unlicensed Community Residential Facility.

 

Subdivision 5. Use by Interim Permit (See also Section 10.17A).  The following uses   are subject to an Interim Use Permit in an I-1, Industrial District:

A.  Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings are allowed as an Interim Use under condition imposed by the City Council upon recommendation of the Planning Commission including but not limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on property, signage, and minimum parking requirements.

B.  Religious institutions such as churches, chapels, temples and synagogues provided that an alternate site cannot be secured in City zoning districts which allow religious institutions as permitted or conditional uses and provided that the site meet the following performance standards:

1. The site shall have at least one parking space for every three seats.

2. The applicant shall submit a schedule of office hours, days and times of worship assembly, educational services, daycare and other activities.

C.  Solar Projects subject to the following standards:

  1.  Setbacks:

a.  All Solar Projects shall have a minimum 50 foot side and rear yard setback.

b.  All Solar Projects shall have a 450 foot setback to any residential home not located on the same property.

2.  Shall not exceed 15 feet in height.

3.  Shall be subject to stormwater management and erosion and sediment control best practices and NPDES permit requirements, and shall obtain requisite permits from the MPCA, local watershed district, City and other regulatory agencies.

4. Shall be in compliance with any applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards, including building, electrical and plumbing codes.

5.  Power and communication lines that are not defined in this ordinance as essential services and running between banks of solar panels to electric substations or interconnections with buildings that are on adjacent parcels shall be buried underground.

6.  A densely planted landscaped buffer that includes a combination of evergreen trees and shrubs with a minimum six (6) foot tall black vinyl-coated chain link fence located inside the landscape perimeter shall be used where the Solar Project is adjacent to a public road or a residentially zoned property. The Council may require additional landscaping at their discretion depending on the adjacent uses and the need for screening. Additionally, the Council may allow other types of fencing such as woven wire, at its discretion. Plantings shall not be a lesser height than that of the solar array at time of plantings.

7.  Solar energy systems shall not be used for the display of advertising.

8.  A professional licensed engineer in the state of Minnesota shall certify that the foundation and design of the solar panels is within accepted professional standards, given local soil and climate conditions.

9.  All solar energy systems using a reflector to enhance solar production shall minimize glare from the reflector that may affect adjacent or nearby properties. Steps to minimize glare nuisance may include selective placement of the system, screening on the side of the solar energy system facing the reflectors, reducing use of the reflector system, or other remedies that limit glare. Regardless, all Solar Projects shall be designed and located in order to prevent reflective glare toward inhabited buildings on adjacent properties and adjacent right of ways.

10. No on-site system to store energy using batteries shall be     allowed.

11. All Interim Use Permit applications for Solar Projects shall include a site plan of existing conditions that includes:

a.  Existing property lines and property lines extending one hundred (100) feet from the exterior boundaries, including the names of the adjacent property owners and current use of those properties.

b.  Existing public and private roads, showing widths of the roads and any associated easements.

c.  Existing buildings onsite.

d.  Topography at (2) foot intervals and source of contour interval, an contour map of surrounding properties may also be required.

e.  Existing vegetation (list type and percent of coverage; i.e. grassland, pasture, plowed field,           wooded areas, etc.).

f. Waterways, watercourses, lakes and public water  wetlands.

g.  Delineated wetland boundaries.

h.  The one hundred (100) -  year flood elevation and Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation, floodway, flood fringe and/or general flood plain district boundary, if applicable.

i.  Drainage and grading plan.

j.  Location and spacing of solar panels.

k.  Planned location of underground or overhead electric lines connecting the solar farm to the building, substation or other electric load.

l.  Sketch elevation of the premises accurately depicting the proposed solar energy conversion system and its relationship to structures on adjacent lots (if any);

m. Glare Study. Solar Projects utilizing a reflector system shall conduct a glare study (US Dept. of Energy’s Solar Glare Hazard Analysis Tool) to identify the impacts of the system on occupied buildings and transportation rights-of-way within a half mile of the project boundary.

n.  A detailed landscaping plan

o.  Decommissioning Plan:

A decommissioning plan shall be required for Solar Projects to ensure that facilities are properly removed after the expiration of the IUP, or, if earlier, after the useful life of solar panels and other facilities. Decommissioning of solar panels and related facilities must occur in the event the IUP expires or is terminated, and/or the solar panels are not in use for twelve (12) consecutive months. The plan shall include provisions for removal of all structures, foundations, equipment and power and communication lines, restoration of soil and vegetation to its pre-developed condition, and a financial guarantee ensuring that financial resources will be available to fully decommission the site. The City may require that the applicant provide a bond, letter of credit, escrow or other financial security in a form and amount set by the City, naming the City as obligee. In determining the financial security, the City shall require an inflationary escalator in determining the appropriate amount of security.

 

If said decommissioning has not been completed within a six (6) month period after the IUP has expired or has been terminated and/or the solar panels are not in use for (12) twelve consecutive months, then the City shall provide written notice by certified mail to the landowner requiring that decommissioning be completed within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of said notice. If the decommissioning has not been completed within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of said notice, the City may either undertake the decommissioning and charge the landowner and/or facility owner and operator for all of the costs and expenses thereof, including reasonable attorney’s fees, or take appropriate legal action to compel the decommissioning. All costs incurred by the City shall be billed to the landowner and if not paid within sixty (60) calendar days of billing, shall become a lien against the project or levied as an assessment against the property.

 

In the event that the City chooses to undertake the decommissioning as stated above, the City shall have the right to draw on the bond, letter of credit, escrow or other financial security at its discretion.

D.    Cannabis, limited to cultivation, manufacturing (including hemp),wholesaling, Retail, transportation, and delivery.

 

 

Subdivision 6. Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.  The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:

                        A.         It shall be the responsibility of the Council to authorize permits for the construction of buildings in the Industrial District on the basis of the actual widths and areas proposed by the builder to allow room for such buildings and its use to conform with this Chapter.  Each proposal shall be referred to the Planning Commission for study and recommendation.

B.         Setbacks.  As part of the site plan review, setbacks will be established for each individual development by the Council, upon recommendation of the Planning Commission, subject to the following minimum standards:   

1.    Where an Industrial District is separated from a Residential District by a street, the front yard setback from the property line in the Industrial District shall be not less than 60 feet.

2.    The side yard setback shall be 20 feet.  The side yard adjacent to a Residential District shall provide for a landscaped strip at least 30 feet in width along such boundary line in addition to a 45 foot wide strip which may be used for parking making a total side yard of at least 75 feet in width.

3.    The rear yard setback shall be 30 feet which may be used for parking.  If the rear yard of an Industrial District abuts on or is across an alley from a Residential District, an additional 45 foot wide strip which may be used for parking shall be added, making a total setback of at least 75 feet in width.

C.        Height.  No structure or building shall exceed 40 feet above grade in height.

D.         Landscaping.  Any yard bordering a street shall be landscaped.  All industrial properties shall be landscaped as a part of any new building or expansion project.  Such required landscape plans shall include over story trees, under story trees, shrubs, deciduous trees, coniferous trees, or ground covers.

E.         Site Plan.  The application for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

F.         Fences.  Fences shall be limited to 8 feet in height.  Fences may be constructed on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.  On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way.

 

Subdivision 7. Performance Standards. (See also Section 3.50 of the City Code - Sewer Use Code).

A.         Statement of Use.  Every applicant for a permit to develop any industrial property in the City shall be required to submit a complete and accurate statement concerning the specific nature of the use to which the property is to be put.  It shall be required by the City Council that any use established in the Industrial District shall be so operated that the entire community and surrounding communities shall be protected from any nuisance brought about by smoke, noise, odors, vibrations, or any other activity that might be deemed detrimental to the public health, safety or general welfare of surrounding inhabitants.  At the request of the City Council, the property owner shall verify by generally accepted and recognized test procedures that the use of the property does not create a condition detrimental to the public health, safety or general welfare.

B.         Storage.  The storage of all waste, debris, recyclables, and excess materials, supplies, non-usable products, equipment, or other materials used by the industry shall be completely enclosed within a structure or fence, not less than 8 feet in height and of a 100% opaque material.

C.        Environmental Standards.  The following performance standards shall apply to industrial properties within 1,000 feet of any residentially zoned property:

1.  Glare.

a.    Any lighting used to illuminate an off-street parking area, sign or other structure shall be arranged so as to deflect light away from any adjoining residential zone or from the public streets.  The source of lights shall be hooded or controlled in some manner so as not to light adjacent property.  Bare incandescent light bulbs shall not be permitted in view of adjacent property or public right-of-way.

b.    Any light or combination of lights which cast light on a public street shall not exceed 1 foot candle (meter reading) as measured from the center line of said street.  Any light or combination of lights which cast light on residential property shall not exceed 4 foot candles (meter reading) as measured from said property.

2.  Smoke, Dust and Other Particulate Matter.  No owner or operator of an industrial facility shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from the property any gases which exhibit greater than 20% opacity; except that a maximum of 40% opacity shall be permissible for 4 minutes in any 60-minute period (Minnesota. Rules 7011.0105).

3.  Odors.  Simultaneous complaints of offensive odors by 3 or more different property owners and verified by a police officer may be directed to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency Air Quality Division for investigation and enforcement of appropriate rules and standards.

4.  Noise.  The following noise standard limiting the levels of sound received by any residential zoned property is established on the basis of present knowledge for the preservation of public health and welfare.  This standard is consistent with speech, sleep, annoyance and hearing conservation requirements:

a.    Daytime, between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., decibels (db) measured sound levels shall not exceed 60, 50% of the time or 65, 10% of the time during any 1 hour survey.

b.    Nighttime, between the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m., decibels (db) measured sound levels shall not exceed 50, 50% of the time or 55, 10% of the time during any 1 hour survey.

c.    Measurement methodology, including measurement location, equipment specifications, measurement procedures and data documentation shall conform to Minnesota. Rules 7030.006 and are incorporated by reference.

 

Subdivision 8. Off-Street Parking.

A.         2 parking spaces for every 3 employees or 1 space for every 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is greater is required in an I-1, Industrial District; except religious institutions, including churches, chapels, temples and synagogues shall have the greater of 1 space for every 250 feet of gross floor area or 1 space for every 3 seats.

B.         There shall be no off-street parking within 5 feet of any street right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.

C.        Any off-street parking area containing 5 or more parking spaces must be screened from any adjacent Residential District by fencing or plantings.

D.         A parking space, as referred to in this Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.

E.         All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage, and, if lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent single-family homes or duplexes.

F.         No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

 

Subdivision 9. Off-Street Loading.

A.         In an Industrial District, the use of any building requiring loading or unloading of materials to or from trucks shall require 2 off-street loading spaces for the first 10,000 square feet of floor space and 1 space for each additional 15,000 square feet of floor space thereafter.

B.         No required off-street loading space shall be less than 100 feet from any Residential District boundary line.

 

Subdivision 10.          Signs.  Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.

 

Subdivision 11.          Snow Removal.  After an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking stalls.  Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City ordinance is maintained.  Property owners must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.  This does not apply to properties with single-family detached dwellings.

 

Subdivision 12.          Metal Roofing Performance Standards.

                        All metal roofs must:

1.    Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)

2.    Be 26 or 24 gauge steel

3.    Be standing-seam profiled metal

4.    Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc, aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel, aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel

5.    Have concealed fasteners

6.    If painted, have at least a 20 year paint warranty

 

Subdivision 13.          Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facility Performance Standards

1.    A comprehensive Statement of Use shall be submitted with the applicant’s Site Plan Application.

2.    Facilities shall meet all federal, state and local regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, licensing, health, safety and building code requirements.  Licensed Community Residential Facilities shall provide proof of licensure before the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.

3.    At the time of site plan or conditional use permit application, applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the parking requirements of this Subdivision 18. B.  In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces, the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces based on the specific use and needs of the residents  including, without limitation, the likelihood that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use of the facility.

4.    Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall have one parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift.

5.    Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal structure and not located within five feet of any street right-of-way or three feet from the adjacent property line.  A parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.  Parking may be included on a level below ground.

6.    All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface or other material acceptable to the City Building Inspector and the City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate drainage.

7.    No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way.  This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.

8.    A minimum landscaped buffer area of 30 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular traffic.  Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.

9.    Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other light sources shall be effectively contained within the development and shall not cause glare or light spillover to any adjacent property.

10.  All Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.

11.  There must be a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between another Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, or a Assisted Living, Nursing Home/Adult Care Home, or Roominghouse.

 

SECTION          10.14   SHORELAND OVERLAY DISTRICT

 

Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.  All permitted uses allowed and regulated by the applicable zoning district underlying this Shoreland Overlay District as indicated on the Official Zoning Map of the City of Sauk Rapids, Minnesota shall be permitted in this District.

 

Subdivision 2. Conditional Uses.  All conditional uses and applicable attached conditions allowed and regulated by the applicable zoning district underlying this Shoreland Overlay District as indicated on the Official Zoning Map of the City of Sauk Rapids, Minnesota shall be permitted subject to a Conditional Use Permit in this District.  A conditional use permit application must contain written approvals of the State Department of Natural Resources and/or the U.S. Corps of Engineers and any other applicable regulatory agency.

 

Subdivision 3. General Provisions. The following standards shall apply to the Mississippi River shoreland in addition to the requirements of the underlying zoning district and other controlling codes:

A.         Structures shall be set back at least 50 feet from the ordinary high water mark.

B.         Sewage systems, where installed and when repaired or replaced, shall conform to the requirements of the Sewage Disposal Standards of Benton County, Minnesota.

 

Subdivision 4. Shoreland Alterations.

 

A.         The removal of natural vegetation shall be restricted to prevent erosion into public water to consume nutrients in the soil, and to preserve shoreland aesthetics.  The removal of natural vegetation in the Shoreland Overlay District shall be subject to the following provisions:

1.    Selective removal of natural vegetation shall be allowed, provided that sufficient vegetative cover remains to screen cars, dwellings and other structures when viewed from the water.

2.    Clear cutting of natural vegetation shall be prohibited.

3.    Natural vegetation shall be restored insofar as feasible after any construction project is completed in order to retard surface runoff and soil erosion.

B.         Grading and filling in shoreland areas or any alterations of the natural topography where the slope of the land is toward the Mississippi River must be authorized by a Conditional Use Permit.  The permit may be granted subject to the following conditions:

1.    The grading and filling does not enter the ordinary high water mark of the Mississippi River.

2.    The smallest amount of bare ground is exposed for as short a time as possible.

3.    Temporary ground cover, such as mulch, is used and permanent ground cover, such as sod, is planted.

4.    Methods to prevent erosion and to trap sediment are employed.

5.    Fill is stabilized to accepted engineering standards.

6.    The Commissioner of Natural Resources shall have issued a permit for work in the beds of public water before construction begins.

C.   Excavations on shoreland, where the intended purpose is connected to the River, or grading and filling which enters the ordinary high water mark, shall require a Conditional Use Permit from the City.  The Commissioner of Natural Resources shall have issued a permit for work in the beds of public water before construction begins.

 

SECTION         10.14A   PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, PUD.

 

Subdivision 1.            Purpose. It is recognized that this Chapter 10 is structured to regulate land use and development patterns of a conventional or traditional nature; however, there are situations where innovative proposals for the use of land may be submitted which do not relate to ordinance controls and would have to be rejected even though feasible and beneficial to the community. It is to accommodate such innovative proposals, even those that may mix land uses within a development, exceed stipulated densities, or depart from traditional lot sizes, that the Planned Unit Development District is established. The technology of land development is constantly changing and creative. Practical approaches to the use of land should be encouraged. The provisions of this Section are intended to do so in a manner, which is in the best interests of both the developer and the community. It is not the intent of this section of the ordinance to be a means in which to avoid meeting the minimum standards of the underlying zoning district.  More specifically, Planned Unit Development Districts may provide for progressive developments, which may achieve any number of the following:

a.         Provide a maximum choice of living environments by allowing a variety of housing and building types, permitting increased density per acre, a reduction in lot dimensions, building setbacks, or area requirements;

b.         Allow a more useful pattern of open space and recreation areas;

c.         Provide more convenient access to services, commercial products and workplaces by providing for mixed-use development;

d.         Provide for development, which preserves and/or utilizes existing natural site features and vegetation;

e.         Provide more efficient use of land resulting in lower cost in utilities and city services; or

f.          Provide for development in harmony with transportation facilities or services, community facilities, and the objectives of the comprehensive plan.

 

Subdivision 2.            Overlay District.  A PUD District is an overlay district which may be applied to and superimposed upon any underlying zoning district within the City, but will only be approved in conjunction with a Development Plan for the property.  It being the intent of the City that no provision or regulation of the underlying zoning district(s) may be varied, modified or set aside unless specifically provided for in a Development Plan approved in accord with this Section. 

 

Subdivision 3.            Subdivision Regulations.  The uniqueness of each PUD District may require that specifications and standards for streets, utilities, public facilities and the approval of land subdivisions be altered from the standards set out in City ordinances and policies.  The City Council may, therefore, where it finds that such modifications are not necessary and that such modifications will not adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of the general community, as part of the approval of the Development Plan for a PUD District, approve street, utility, and public facility plans as well as subdivisions which are not in compliance with the specifications or requirements established by City ordinances and policies.  Applicants will, however, continue to be required to obtain approval of plats in accord with the procedural requirements of Minnesota statutes and applicable City ordinances; however, those platting procedures may be accomplished in conjunction with the application process for a PUD District.

 

Subdivision 4.            Permitted Uses within a PUD District.  All permitted uses and accessory uses allowed in an underlying zoning district within a PUD District will be allowed within a PUD District.  Uses requiring a conditional use permit in an underlying zoning district may, in lieu of using the normal conditional use permit proceedings, be approved as Apermitted@ uses as part of an approved Development Plan.  In addition to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district, all other uses designated as Apermitted@ by the approved Development Plan will be considered permitted uses within a PUD District.  Mixed uses, as specified in the approved Development Plan, will also be permitted within a PUD District.  No use may be designated as Apermitted@ in a Development Plan if that use will have the potential for adversely affecting adjacent property or the public health, safety, or general welfare of the community.

 

Subdivision 5.            Area, Height, Frontage, Yard Requirements and other non-use regulations. The area, height, frontage, yard requirements and other performance requirements of the underlying zoning districts will apply within a PUD District except as such are specifically modified in an approved Development Plan. An approved Development Plan may establish area, height, frontage, yard or other performance requirements which vary from the underlying district without having to go through the normal variance procedures, however single family residential districts will have minimum standards as outlined in Subdivision 5. A.   In no event may a Development Plan alter such standards if doing so would violate a fire or safety code requirement. Variances from the requirements of an underlying district will not be implied except to the minimum extent required to comply with an approved Development Plan.

a.         Minimum standards for Single Family Residential (R-1)*

1.         Lot Area. The lot area shall be at least 6,600 square feet.

2.         Lot width. The lot width shall be a minimum of 55 feet at established building line and at least 30 feet wide at the front lot line.

3.         Side yard setback. The side yard setbacks shall be the same as the R-1 side yard setbacks.

4.         Front yard setback. The front yard setback shall be 25’.

5.         Lot depth.  The lot depth shall be at least 120 feet.

*The minimum standards outlined in this section are not intended to apply to patio homes and townhouses. It is intended that these standards be determined on a case by case basis.

 

Subdivision 6.            General Requirements.  The following are the minimum requirements which must be met before the City will approve a Development Plan and the establishment of a PUD District:

A.         Ownership.  The property located within the PUD must be under unified control at the time of application, and be planned and scheduled to be developed as a whole.  The applicant(s) must have acquired actual ownership of or executed a binding sales contract for all of the property comprising such tract. Where more than a single owner is involved, each owner must agree in advance to be bound by the conditions and regulations which will be effective within the PUD and to record with the County Recorder such covenants, easements, and other provisions required by the City.

B.         Financing.  The financing for the development must be proven to be available to the applicant on conditions and in amounts which are sufficient to assure completion of the development.

C.        Council Findings.  The Council must find the following:

1.    Comprehensive Plan.  The development will be planned so that it is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan for the community.

2.    Harmony.  The planned unit development will be planned and developed to harmonize with any existing or imminent development in the area surrounding the project site.

3.    Not Disturbing.  The development will not be hazardous or disturbing to existing or planned neighboring uses, and will not materially adversely affect the values of adjacent properties.

4.    Adequately Served.  The development may be adequately served by essential public or private facilities and services, including streets, police and fire protection, drainage facilities, refuse disposal, water and sewer systems, and schools.

5.    Beneficial.  The distribution of buildings, streets and open space of the development will permit site planning that is superior to that which could be obtained without the PUD District being approved and thus benefit both the residents of the development and community as a whole.

6.    Not Detrimental.  The distribution or location of buildings, streets and open spaces will not unduly increase the bulk of buildings, density of population, or intensity of use(s) to the detriment of areas outside the development by restricting access to light and air, by creating traffic congestion, or by other means.

7.    Community Welfare.  The development will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, comfort convenience or general welfare.

 

Subdivision 7.            Procedure.

1.    Application.  An applicant for a PUD must submit a Preliminary Development Plan, as described below in Subdivision 8, to the City Administrator, together with the application fee as set by the City Council, from time to time, at least 14 days prior to the Planning Commission meeting at which the request will be considered.   The application must be signed by the owner(s) of every property within the boundaries of the proposed PUD.  Depending upon the nature and scope of the application, the City administrator may, in addition to the standard application fee, require that the applicant deposit up to $1,000.00 for planning, engineering, administrative and legal expenses incurred by the City in reviewing and processing the application.  Any funds remaining after the application is processed will be refunded to the applicant.

2.    Review by Planning Commission.  After the City Administrator has received all required application materials, the City Administrator will refer the application to the Planning Commission for review and recommendation to the Council.

3.    Public Hearing.  The City Council will hold at least one public hearing on the rezoning and the Preliminary Development Plan, after notice of the hearing has been published in the official newspaper and mailed to each owner of property within 350 feet of the subject property, at least 10 days prior to the day of the hearing.

4.    Approval or Denial by Council.  The City Council will approve or deny the application after considering the application, the testimony of the applicant and the public, and the recommendation of the Planning Commission.  Since final approval of the Development Plan will involve the rezoning of the subject property, the Council may approve a final Development Plan and rezoning of property to PUD only upon the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the Council.  If the Preliminary Development Plan receives approval of the City Council, the Final Development Plan, with any changes requested by the City Council, must be presented to the City Council.  A public hearing will not be required for approval of the Final Development Plan unless the City Council determines that material changes have been made from the Preliminary Development Plan as approved by the Council.  The City Council must approve the Final Development Plan by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the Council, and the Council will specify any conditions which will be attached to the Final Development Plan if such conditions have not been incorporated therein.  The rezoning of the subject property will be considered complete upon approval of the Final Development Plan and approval of the development agreement required by paragraph 7 below.

5.    Conditions.  The City may impose such conditions and restrictions on the PUD as it deems necessary or advisable as part of its approval of the Preliminary or Final Development Plan. 

6.    Development Agreement and Performance Bond.  In the event the Preliminary Development Plan is approved by the City Council, the applicant will be required to execute a development agreement which states the conditions of the PUD and the phases of the development.  The City may, in its discretion, require that the applicant provide the City with a performance bond or other security deemed sufficient by the City Council to ensure the applicants compliance with the development agreement.

7.    Plan Amendments.  The procedures necessary to amend the Final Development Plan after it has been approved by the City are the same as the procedures required for the original approval.  Nonmaterial changes to the Development Plan may be made upon approval of the Planning Commission without having to hold a public hearing or having the matter considered by the Council.  Matters will be considered nonmaterial only if they will not result in a change in use which is not otherwise permitted in the underlying district or will not require a variance from the regulations of the underlying district.

8.    Lapse of Time.  If  within 1 year of the City Council=s approval of the Final Development Plan no building permits have been obtained or if  within 1 year of the issuance of the first building permit on the property no construction has commenced, the Development Plan will become void.  An applicant may request and receive an extension from the Council in the event the applicant can demonstrate a good faith effort has been made to use the PUD, that there is a reasonable expectation the PUD will be used, and the facts upon which the PUD was approved are essentially the same.

 

Subdivision 8.            Submission Requirements.

1.  Preliminary Development Plan.  10 copies of the following plans and information must accompany the application fee, the entirety of which will be considered the Preliminary Development Plan:

A.  Project information including site size, ownership, developer, development timing, phasing and construction schedule, and such other information as will be helpful in the approval process. 

B.  Existing site information including soils, vegetation, topography, slopes, conditions, water features, drainage, wildlife, and existing land uses.

C.  Proposed covenants or other private legal restrictions, if any.

D.  Written Descriptions of variances from regulations of underlying zoning districts and subdivision regulations.

E.  Preliminary architectural drawings, if any, illustrating schematic floor plans, and exterior construction materials.

F.  Site plan prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer illustrating the proposed use(s) of land; proposed densities; buildings, including square footage, height and other dimensions, distances between buildings and the front, side and rear lot lines, and other buildings located on the property and on property adjacent to the property; street and walkway locations; curb cuts and driveways; parking areas and loading areas; open spaces; the locations of easements and utilities (existing and proposed); landscaping (showing size, types and locations); lighting; grading; drainage; project phasing; anticipated variances from setbacks or other regulations of the underlying zone; tabulation of density, land use intensity, lot coverage and acreage; percentages of land devoted to buildings, parking, and open space; and any other information which may be helpful to understanding and evaluating the proposal.

2.  Final Development Plan Approval. The Final Development Plan must include all of the information provided in the Preliminary Plan except it must include any changes required by the City in its approval of the Preliminary Development Plan.

 

Subdivision 9.            Yearly Inspections and Review.  The Building Inspector will review each PUD at least once each year until completed and will make a report (through the Planning Commission) to the Council on the status of the development in each PUD District.  If the development is not progressing according to schedule, the owner will be required to submit to the Building Inspector a written statement setting forth the reasons for the lack of progress.  Within 30 days of such notice, the Council will either revoke the approval of the Development Plan and the PUD, and the land will thereafter be governed by the regulations applicable in the district in which it is located, or the Council will take such steps as it deems necessary to compel compliance with the approved Development Plan.

 

SECTION          10.14B ESO, ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT

Subdivision 1.  Purpose and Intent.  This Section is the result of a collaborative effort between area stakeholders that has resulted in an alternative method of development that recognizes the ecological, geological, educational, scenic, economic, and aesthetic importance of conserving natural areas in public or private ownership. The provisions of this Section are intended to do so in a manner that benefits both the owner/developer and the community.

 

This Environmentally Sensitive Area Overlay District is created to:

.   Preserve underlying zoning districts and current potential development densities while providing for alternative methods of development that are in the best interest of the community.

.   Protect open space, green space, and water quality of flowage linked to the Mississippi River.

.   Provide greater subdivision flexibility and possible incentives in exchange for protection of green space, open space, and other resources as identified by the City.

.   Provide for development, which conserves and/or utilizes existing natural site features and vegetation.

.   Allow a more useful pattern of open space and recreation areas;

.   Provide opportunities for a more efficient use of land.

.   Provide for development in harmony with transportation facilities or services, community facilities, and the objectives of the comprehensive plan.

 

Subdivision 2.  Definitions.

 

City is the City of Sauk Rapids or its officials acting on behalf of the City Council.

 

City Staff are the professionals employed by the City of Sauk Rapids or the person(s) designated to administer this Section.

 

Composite Map is a map that combines all of the elements of the Natural Feature Characteristic Priority Lists into one map.

 

Conserve is to protect and carefully manage the environment and natural resources. This in some instances may include both restoration and the preservation of natural resources. 

 

Development Plan is a legal agreement that at a minimum shall establish area, height, frontage, yard or other performance requirements which vary from the underlying district without having to go through the normal variance procedures. In addition, the plan shall include all items that are in any way in contrast to normal and customary City policies and practices.

 

ESO is this Environmentally Sensitive Area Overly District Ordinance. 

 

Independent Professional Volunteer shall be a person that has extensive skill or knowledge in a field or discipline related to natural resources.

 

Natural Feature Characteristic Priority Lists is a set of prioritized features that have been established by a City Council appointed Citizen Committee called the “Natural Resources Steering Committee”. The list includes a map and matrix for each feature that prioritizes specific elements of the feature based on the goals and objectives of the Committee. The features that make up the list are Rivers and Streams, Wetlands, Wildlife Corridors and Habitat, Native Plant Communities, Viewsheds & Related Character, Bluffs and Slopes, Stormwater infiltration, recharge areas, Natural Recreation, Granite and Aggregate Resources, and Wellhead Protection areas.

 

NRP is the Natural Resources Policy that is associated with the Environmentally Sensitive Ordinance.

 

Owner/Developer is the person(s) or their agents possessing the title of the land on which the development activities will occur.

 

Subdivision 3.  Objectives.

A.   Identify unique landforms, natural resources, and vegetation according to the NRP first and then determine the best or least impacting development proposals.

B.    Develop strategies to maintain or enhance natural corridors by utilizing Conservation design principles and management plans.

C.   Consider alternative road construction and storm water management design standards to minimize impact on the existing vegetation and natural resources.

D.   Consider incentives to establishing successful conservation design projects.

Encourage subdivision designs that conserve environmentally sensitive areas and promote restoration/conservation of natural resources.

E.  Consider the importance of buffers that protect, provide access to, or otherwise serve as necessary borders to natural areas by protecting streams, lakes, wetlands and native vegetated areas. 

 

Subdivision 4.  Overlay District.  The ESO District is an overlay district which may be applied to and superimposed upon any underlying zoning district within the City, but will only be approved by agreement of the City and the owner/developer in conjunction with a Development Plan for the property.  No provision or regulation of the underlying zoning district(s) may be varied, modified or set aside unless specifically provided for in a Development Plan approved in accord with this Section. Both the City and the owner/developer must agree to employ the terms of this Section.  If either party declines to use this Section, then the owner/developer shall meet the minimum standards of Chapters 10 and 12.

 

Subdivision 5.  Procedure.

A.   For all subdivisions, Owner/developer shall be required to meet with City Staff to discuss the platting process in Sauk Rapids. After that point, either the owner/developer or the City may choose to not engage this Section but to rather work through the minimum standards of Chapters 10 and 12. If both parties agree to move forward within the parameters of this Section, an on-site visit shall be conducted. The on-site visit shall include the owner/developer and City Staff. Prior to the on-site visit the owner/developer shall be required to provide the City Escrow pursuant to Section 12.05, Subd. 2. C. A concerted effort shall be made to include an independent professional volunteer to attend the on-site visit to offer professional insight to a particular site’s natural features and their function in relation to the proposed development. The professional volunteer shall be encouraged to provide the City and Developer with written findings but this shall not be a requirement. The findings of the professional volunteer shall be taken as a recommendation to the City although the City shall be under no obligation to follow the recommendation.

B.    Discussion will be guided by the City’s Natural Resources Policy (NRP), which is incorporated by reference.

C.   The NRP and its associated Natural Resource Composite Map prioritize the natural features that the City is most interested in conserving/restoring and what requirements within the Zoning and Subdivision Codes the City may consider varying in order to achieve some level of conservation.

D.   At any time prior to approval of a Development Plan under this section, either the City or the developer may decline to proceed with the ESO overlay and may instead choose to use the underlying zoning and subdivision standards. If City Staff does not support moving forward within the parameters of this section, the owner/developer shall be provided with written findings stating the reasons that City Staff does not support moving forward. The owner/developer may appeal City Staff’s decision to the Sauk Rapids Planning Commission within 10 days of the date of the written findings. The appeal shall be on a form provided by the City and shall include an appeal fee as provided in the City’s Fee Schedule.  The Planning Commission shall make their decision within 60 days or may extend the time for consideration as permitted by State law.  The Planning Commission shall consider the criteria provided in Subd. 5(E) below in determining whether to affirm or reverse the decision of City Staff.  If the decision is reversed, the owner/developer and City Staff shall proceed with the review of the application according to this Section.

E.    The City shall at a minimum consider the following factors when determining if an ESO overlay application is appropriate. Because each project will be unique, the below elements shall be weighed/prioritized on a project by project basis:

§ Extent to which the Preliminary Concept Plan is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan goals;

§ Community long-term benefit of the Preliminary Concept Plan;

§ Community cost-benefit of incentive proposal;

§ Level of conservation/restoration of natural features;

§ The condition of existing natural features in their pre and post development state;

§ Extent to which, if any, the proposed design compromises the economic viability and natural resources of the development;

§ Projected level of the Preliminary Concept Plan’s effectiveness and success at the point the end-user takes ownership and assumes stewardship of the site;

§ Extent to which the Preliminary Concept Plan reflects the values indicated within the Natural Resource Composite Map and the Natural Feature Characteristic Priority Lists.

§ Extent to which the natural resources that the developer has offered to conserve/restore can be protected through the use of deed restrictions, conservation easements, or some other manner as approved by the City.

F.   Anyone requesting an Environmentally Sensitive Ordinance Overlay shall enter into an Environmentally Sensitive Ordinance Development Agreement with the City in addition to agreeing to a Development Plan with the City. All Environmentally Sensitive Ordinance Agreements shall set out the terms and conditions of the City’s approval, including language that explains how the sensitive natural resources that owner/developer agrees to protect shall remain under protection after the developer no longer has controlling interest in the property.

 

Subdivision 6.  Application Process

A. The following is the process if both the owner/developer and City Staff choose to participate after following the procedures established in Subd. 5. A-F.

B. Before submitting an ESO application the owner/developer must schedule a pre-application meeting with City Staff, which shall include the City Pre-Application Committee. Prior to this meeting the developer shall provide:

                          1.  A preliminary concept plan. It is the intent of this section that the owner/developer provides the City with drawings that clearly convey the intent of the project and illustrate the various uses and lot layouts that are proposed.  It is also understood that survey level drawings at this early stage may be premature and therefore unnecessary. Regardless, the preliminary concept plan shall include the natural features as identified by the Natural Resource Steering Committee that exist on that site, lot layouts, street and walkway locations, parking areas, open spaces, proposed densities, height of buildings, buffers, and any other items that may be helpful in understanding and evaluating the proposal.

2.  A written description of requested modifications from the underlying zoning district regulations (as guided in the City of Sauk Rapids Comprehensive Plan).

C.  At the pre-application meeting, City Staff shall provide a list of items that the City is requesting of the owner/developer based on the NRP. Both the City Staff list and the owner/developer list of requested modifications shall be provided on a form developed by the City which shall require the signature of both parties. It is the intent of this Section that there is a level of agreement between the owner/developer and City Staff on which item(s) from the underlying zoning district that the owner/developer is requesting to modify and the item(s) that the City would like to have preserved or installed per the NRP.

D. After the Pre-Application meeting, the owner/developer may again choose to forgo the ESO process and proceed with the development approvals through the process outlined in Chapters 10 and/or 12 depending on the application. If the owner/developer wishes to move forward with the ESO proposal, the zoning amendment procedure shall follow Section 10.14A, Subd. 7 of the City Code.  Once approved, subdivision requests for the development shall follow the procedures of Section 12.05 of the City Code, with the exception of Subd. 1.

 

Subdivision 7.  Permitted Uses within an ESO District. 

           The ESO zoning shall be an overlay designation only and the underlying primary zoning district shall be preserved.  All permitted uses and accessory uses allowed in the underlying zoning district will be allowed as part of the ESO overlay, except as otherwise specified in the ESO Development Agreement and/or Development Plan.  In addition to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district, all other uses designated as permitted uses by the approved Development Plan will be considered permitted uses within an ESO District.  Mixed uses, as specified in the approved Development Plan, will also be permitted within an ESO District.  No use may be designated as permitted in a Development Plan if that use will have the potential for adversely affecting adjacent property or the public health, safety, or general welfare of the community.  Except as specifically and explicitly permitted as part of an approved Development Plan, conditional uses allowed in the underlying zoning district may be permitted only after following the procedures and standards proscribed in the City’s zoning ordinance.

 

Subdivision 8.  Area, Height, Frontage, Yard Requirements and other non-use regulations.

The area, height, frontage, yard requirements and other performance requirements of the underlying zoning districts will apply within a ESO District except as such are specifically modified in an approved Development Plan. An approved Development Plan may establish area, height, frontage, yard or other performance requirements which vary from the underlying district without having to go through the normal variance procedures; however single family residential districts will have minimum standards as outlined in this Subd. 8.A.  In no event may a Development Plan alter such standards if doing so would violate a fire or safety code requirement. Variances from the requirements of an underlying district will not be implied except to the minimum extent required to comply with an approved Development Plan.

                                    A.        Minimum standards for Single Family Residential (R-1)*

1.    Lot Area. The lot area shall be at least 6,600 square feet.

2.    Lot width. The lot width shall be a minimum of 55 feet at established building line and at least 30 feet wide at the front lot line.

3.    Side yard setback. The side yard setbacks shall be the same as the R-1 side yard setbacks.

4.    Front yard setback. The front yard setback shall be 25’.

5.    Lot depth.  The lot depth shall be at least 120 feet.  *The minimum standards outlined in this section are not intended to apply to patio homes and townhouses. These standards shall be determined on a case by case basis. 

 

Subdivision 9.  General Requirements. 

The following are the minimum requirements that must be met before the City will approve a Development Plan and the establishment of an ESO District:

                                    A.         Ownership.  The property located within the ESO must be under unified control at the time of application, and be planned and scheduled to be developed as a whole.  The applicant(s) must have acquired actual ownership of, or executed a binding sales contract for, all of the property comprising such tract. Where more than a single owner is involved, each owner must agree in advance to be bound by the conditions and regulations which will be effective within the ESO and to record with the County Recorder such covenants, easements, and other provisions required by the City.

B.         Financing.  The owner/developer must demonstrate that financing for the development is available to the applicant on conditions and in amounts which are sufficient to assure completion of the development.

                                    C.        Council Findings.  The Council must find the following:

1.    Comprehensive Plan.  The development will be planned so that it is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan for the community.

2.    Harmony.  The project will be planned and developed to harmonize with any existing or imminent development in the area surrounding the project site.

3.    Not Disturbing.  The development will not be hazardous or disturbing to existing or planned neighboring uses, and will not materially adversely affect the values of adjacent properties.

4.    Adequately Served.  The development is or will be adequately served by essential public or private facilities and services, including streets, police and fire protection, drainage facilities, refuse disposal, water and sewer systems, and schools.

5.    Beneficial.  The distribution of buildings, streets and open space of the development will permit site planning that is superior to that which could be obtained without the ESO District being approved and thus benefit both the residents of the development and community as a whole.

6.    Not Detrimental.  The distribution or location of buildings, streets and open spaces will not unduly increase the bulk of buildings, density of population, or intensity of use(s) to the detriment of areas outside the development by restricting access to light and air, by creating traffic congestion, or by other means.

7.    Community Welfare.  The development will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, morals, comfort convenience or general welfare.

 

SECTION 10.14C BENTON DRIVE SOUTH GATEWAY OVERLAY DISTRICT

 

SUBDIVISION 1. PURPOSE AND INTENT

The Benton Drive South Gateway area welcomes visitors into the City of Sauk Rapids coming from the southeast and contains a high concentration of successful commercial and industrial uses.  This ordinance shall provide for the orderly grouping of commercial and industrial operations in an appropriate setting.  It is the further intent of this district to establish regulatory controls that preserve a harmonious relationship between these uses and the community.  New development should relate to other existing or proposed development on adjoining properties to minimize incompatible conditions and to maximize useful interconnections.  The ordinance strives to present an image of high quality and value and is welcoming to travelers and visitors.  The ordinance shall overlap and overlay existing zoning districts and intends to maintain safety along the Benton Drive South corridor while crafting a reception locale at the southeast entry to the City.

SUBDIVISION 2. BENTON DRIVE SOUTH GATEWAY OVERLAY DISTRICT BOUNDARIES.

The Benton Drive South Gateway District shall include property within 200 feet from the center line on either side of Benton Drive South from the intersection of Benton Drive South and the State Trunk Highway 10 to the intersection of Benton Drive South and Lincoln Avenue/Summit Avenue South.

SUBDIVISION 3. APPLICABILITY.

A.   Unless otherwise noted, the requirements of the Benton Drive South Gateway Overlay District apply to all development and are in addition to the requirements of the underlying zoning district.  Where the requirements of the underlying district and the overlay district conflict, the more restrictive will apply.

B.    All development approval and permitting for activities, uses, and structures in the Benton Drive South Overlay District shall follow the same procedures as set forth in Sections 10.06A, 10.17 and 10.17A-D.

SUBDIVISION 4. DESIGN GUIDELINES

A.   Site.  Utility boxes, meters and service areas such as trash enclosures shall not be located on a street facing exposure. If such placement is required, screening shall be provided to the extent practicable.  The City encourages underground cabling and cable bundling or co-location of services and telecommunications infrastructure.

B.    Building Orientation.  In order to maintain an active appearance throughout the Benton Drive South corridor, building walls facing the street should be punctuated with display windows, doors, or other indentations to add visual interest on Benton Drive South.  All sides of a building visible from Benton Drive South should be treated consistently with quality materials and finishes.  No development shall be permitted to organize the placement and orientation of buildings, parking, circulation, and service facilities on a lot in such a way as to treat Benton Drive South as a “rear” lot line. “Rear” shall be defined to mean a portion of the property lacking public access and containing a predominance of service functions that significantly diminish the architectural or landscape quality of the development.  Uses that include auto-oriented uses or non-pedestrian uses, including garage entries, service bays or similar functions shall orient those functions away from primary street frontage, wherever possible placing active, populated functions toward the street.

C.   Architectural Standards.  Building facades facing Benton Drive South shall either be the primary pedestrian entry facade or shall be of comparable quality in terms of architecture, materials and detailing. Primary building pedestrian entries shall be visible from and connected to the street sidewalk by the most direct route practical. Corner buildings need only provide public entry on one street oriented facade.  Building materials must meet the following criteria:

1)    Construction of new structures and additions to existing facilities to have poured concrete or concrete block perimeter foundations and frost footings, and shall consist of the following materials:

a)   Pre-cast or cast tip up concrete walls

b)   Concrete block (painted or decorative)

c)   Wood/Steel stud construction

d)   Structure Insulation Panels (SIP)

e)   Insulated Concrete Form (ICF)

f)     Steel frame pre-engineered buildings

2)    Exterior wall finishes for new facilities, additions and renovation of existing buildings exterior walls shall consist of the following materials:

a)   26 gauge pre-finished architectural metal panels, with a minimum twenty (20) year manufacturer color-fast warranty 

b)   Brick

c)   Stone (natural or artificial)

d)   Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

e)   Stucco

f)     Glass

g)   Decorative or textured concrete block (surface to be painted or receive colored texture finish)

h)    Pre-cast concrete (surface to have an exposed aggregate, painted or colored texture finish)

i)     Wood siding

j)     Or any combination thereof, except for trim accessories and the roof

3)    All exterior walls shall have a decorative accent covering (a complementary and distinct material that contrasts from focus finish) using the following materials:

a)   Face brick

b)   Natural stone or cultured rock

c)   Aluminum / Steel / Vinyl lap siding

d)   26 gauge pre-finished architectural metal panels with a minimum twenty (20) year manufacture color-fast  warranty

e)   Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

f)     Stucco

g)   Cut Stone

h)    Decorative or textured concrete block (surface to be painted or receive a colored texture finish)

4)    The Council shall be responsible for reviewing and making recommendations concerning alternate exterior materials.

5)    The Council reserves the right to exercise discretion regarding accent materials during the approval process.  Standards will be consistent with architectural design.

6)    Expansion of existing facilities: For the expansion of existing buildings that do not meet the building exterior requirements of this section it is understood that requiring the addition to strictly adhere to the building exterior requirements of this section may be impractical. Therefore, it is the intent of the City Council to address each expansion on a case by case basis. The City Council desires that the addition(s) match the existing building(s) as much as possible. Although, an attempt shall be made to meet at least some of the building exterior requirements of this Section.

D.    Landscape.  Buffering and screening strategies shall consider building and parking placement, building orientation, walls, fences, and landscaping.  Screening shall be of adequate height to provide complete screening from normal eye level, within applicable zoning allowances, on all sides where access is not needed.  Screening may be accomplished through landscaping of adequate height and density. 

E.    Lighting.  Lighting should be provided at consistent levels with gradual transition to unlit areas. Avoid creating highly contrasting pools of light and dark areas which can be temporarily blinding.  Parking lot light fixtures shall be non-glare and mounted no more than 25 feet above the ground to minimize the impact onto adjacent properties. All fixtures over 15 feet in height shall be fitted with a full cut-off shield.  All building lights shall be directed onto the building itself or the ground immediately adjacent to it. The light emissions should not be visible above the roofline of the building.

F.     Streetscape.  It is the strategy of this ordinance to ensure the provision of high quality streetscapes and a consistent streetscape theme.    Street tree species should be selected to maximize the cohesiveness of each block without creating monocultures that may be susceptible to disease. 

 

SECTION          10.15   MANUFACTURED HOMES, TRAVEL TRAILERS, MANUFACTURED HOME PARKS AND TRAVEL TRAILER COURTS. 

 

Subdivision 1. Application for a Manufactured Home Park or Travel Trailer Court.  An application to establish or enlarge a manufactured home or travel trailer park shall follow the procedure as set forth herein.

A.         The applicant for a manufactured home park or travel trailer court shall submit a site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter for the proposed park. In addition to the requirements of Section 10.06A, site plans for Section 10.15 must also show the following either existing or proposed:

1.    The extent and area proposed for the manufactured home park or travel trailer court.

2.    Road and driveways.

3.    The location of sites or units for manufactured homes.

4.    The location and number of sanitary conveniences.

5.    The proposed disposition of surface drainage.

6.    The proposed street surfacing and lighting.

7.    The utility easements.

8.    The off-street parking.

9.    The patios.

10.  The location of community buildings.

11.  The location of recreation facilities.

12.  The location of sidewalks.

13.  The location of set back lines.

14.  The location of screening, planting and green areas.

15.  Any other information requested by the City.

B.         Each application for a permit shall be accompanied by a certificate of ownership as to all of the property within 350 feet of any boundary line of the proposed park site.

C.        Each applicant shall be required to pay a fee at the time that such application is filed with the City of Sauk Rapids.  Said fee shall be established by resolution of the City Council and this fee shall be used by the City to defray the expenses of processing said application.

D.         No permit for any Park shall be issued by the City Council of Sauk Rapids until after a Public Hearing has been held on the matter.  Notice of this hearing shall be published in the official newspaper of the City at least once, which publication shall be at least 10 days prior to the Public Hearing.  The City shall mail a notice of said hearing to each of the property owners shown on the certificate of ownership at his last known address.

E.         All City and State codes governing the construction and installation of sanitary and storm sewer, water and electrical lines shall be complied with.

F.         No occupied manufactured home, house trailer, camper, travel trailer or motor coach shall be located on any lot, tract or parcel of land not designated as a manufactured home park or travel trailer court.

 

Subdivision 2. Lot Coverage and Site Setback Requirements.

A.         The aggregate maximum lot coverage for manufactured home parks and travel trailer courts shall be .25, which means not more than 25% of the lot area of the entire park may be used for floor areas of all buildings, manufactured homes or other structures on the lot.

B.         The minimum distance between units shall be 20 feet, or the sum of the heights of the 2 units, whichever is greater; the point of measurement being a straight line at the closest point between the units being measured.

C.        When a manufactured home park or travel trailer court abuts a residential area, there shall be a minimum setback of 50 feet between the property line and any manufactured home park or travel trailer court use; which area shall act as a buffer zone and shall be landscaped according to a landscape plan, to be submitted at the time of application.  Such plan shall show the type of planting material, size and planting schedule.

D.         The front yard setback from a street right-of-way shall not be less than 20 feet.

 

Subdivision 3. Storage.  The storage of large items such as boats, trailers and similar equipment shall not be accomplished at the site of the trailer owner, but rather shall be provided in a separate screened area of the park.

A.         It shall be the duty of the operator of the manufactured home or travel trailer park to keep a register containing a record of all manufactured home owners and occupants located within the park.  The register shall contain the following information:

1.    The name and permanent address of each manufactured home or trailer occupant.

2.    The name and permanent address of the owner of each manufactured home or travel trailer.

3.    The make, model, year and license number of each manufactured home, travel trailer and motor vehicle.

B.    The park shall keep the register available for inspection at all times by law enforcement officers, public health officials and other officials whose duty necessitates acquisition of the information contained in the register.

 

SECTION          10.15A  TOWERS

 

Subdivision 1. Purpose.  In order to accommodate the communication needs of residents and business while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community, the City finds that these regulations are necessary in order to:

A.         Facilitate the provision of wireless telecommunication services to the residents and businesses of the City;

B.         Minimize adverse visual effects of towers through careful design and siting standards;

C.        Avoid potential damage to adjacent properties from tower failure through structural standards and setback requirements; and

D.         Maximize the use of existing and approved towers and buildings to accommodate new wireless telecommunication antennas in order to reduce the number of towers needed to serve the community.

 

Subdivision 2. Co-Location Requirements.  All commercial wireless telecommunication towers erected, constructed, or located within the City shall comply with the following requirements:

A.         A proposal for a new commercial wireless telecommunication service tower shall not be approved unless the City Council finds that the telecommunications equipment planned for the proposed tower cannot be accommodated on an existing or approved tower or building within a one mile search radius (one half mile search radius for towers 120 feet or less in height and one quarter mile search radius for towers 80 feet or less in height) of the proposed tower due to one or more of the following reasons:

1.    The planned equipment would exceed the structural capacity of the existing or approved tower or building, as documented by a qualified and licensed professional engineer, and the existing or approved tower cannot be reinforced, modified, or replaced to accommodate planned or equivalent equipment at a reasonable cost.

2.    The planned equipment would cause interference materially impacting the usability of other existing or planned equipment at the tower or building as documented by a qualified and licensed professional engineer, and the interference cannot be prevented at a reasonable cost.

3.    Existing or approved towers and buildings within the search radius cannot accommodate the planned equipment at a height necessary to function reasonably as documented by a qualified and licensed professional engineer.

4.    Other unforeseen reasons that make it not feasible to locate the planned telecommunications equipment upon an existing or approved tower or building.

B.         Any proposed commercial wireless telecommunication service tower shall be designed, structurally, electrically, and in all other respects, to accommodate both the applicant=s antennas and comparable antennas, for at least 1 additional user if the tower is over 60 feet in height and for at least 2 additional users if the tower is over 100 feet in height.

C.        Towers must be designed to allow for future rearrangement of antennas upon the tower and to accept antennas mounted at varying heights.

 

Subdivision 3. Tower Construction Requirements.  All towers erected, constructed, or located within the City, and all wiring therefore, shall comply with the requirements of the Building Code.

 

Subdivision 4. Tower and Antenna Design Requirements.  Proposed or modified towers and antennas shall meet the following design requirements:

A.         Towers and antennas shall be designed to blend into the surrounding environment through the use of color and camouflaging architectural treatment, except in instances where the color is dictated by federal or state authorities such as the Federal Aviation Administration.

 

B.         Towers meeting the requirements of Section 10.15A may be allowed with a Conditional Use Permit however because it is the intent for these properties to revert to Residential zoning after discontinuance of their use, there shall be a heavy burden on the applicant to demonstrate that there are not more suitable locations for the tower and that the proposed tower is appropriate in the location proposed. In any event, the maximum height of towers shall be shall be 65 feet. In determining whether the proposed tower is appropriate on these properties, the City shall consider such things as design, style, proximity to residentially zoned property, view sheds, camouflaging, lighting, and general aesthetics, while placing close attention to the potential for the proposed tower to be a nuisance to neighboring properties.

 

C.        Commercial wireless telecommunication service towers shall be of a monopole design unless the City Council determines that an alternative design would better blend in to the surrounding environment or better accommodate multiple use of the tower.

 

Subdivision 5. Tower Setbacks.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the regulations applicable to a specific zoning district, towers shall conform to each of the following minimum setback requirements:

A.         Towers shall meet the setbacks of the underlying zoning district; however, in all non-residential zones, at a minimum, a tower shall be setback from residentially zoned property by at least two feet for each foot of height of the tower.

B.         Towers shall be set back from planned public rights of way of the City by a minimum distance equal to one half of the height of the tower including all antennas and attachments.

C.        Towers shall not be located between a principal structure and a public street, with the following exceptions:

1.    In industrial zoning districts, towers may be placed within a side yard abutting an internal industrial street.

2.    On sites adjacent to public streets on all sides, towers may be placed within a side yard abutting a local street.

D.         A tower’s setback may be reduced or its location in relation to a public street varied, at the sole discretion of the City Council, to allow the integration of a tower into an existing or proposed structure such as a church steeple, light standard, power line support device, or similar structure.

 

Subdivision 6. Tower Height. 

A.         The height of towers shall be determined by measuring the vertical distance from the tower’s point of contact with the ground to the highest point of the tower, including all antennas or other attachments, and if the tower is mounted upon another structure, the height of that structure plus the vertical distance from the tower’s point of contact with the structure must be added together to determine the height of the tower.

B.         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the regulations applicable to a specific zoning district, towers are subject to the following restrictions on height:

1.    In all residential districts, the maximum height of any tower is 35 feet.

2.    In all other districts the maximum height of any tower is one foot for each two feet the tower is setback from residentially zoned property or 150 feet, whichever is less.

 

Subdivision 7. Tower Lighting.  Towers shall not be illuminated by artificial means and shall not display strobe lights unless such lighting is specifically required by the Federal Aviation Administration or other federal or state authority for a particular tower.  When incorporated into the approved design of the tower, light fixtures used to illuminate ball fields, parking lots, or similar areas may be attached to the tower.

 

Subdivision 8. Signs and Advertising.  The use of any portion of a tower for signs other than warning or equipment information signs is prohibited.

 

Subdivision 9. Accessory Utility Buildings.  All utility buildings and structures accessory to a tower shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment and shall meet the minimum setback requirements of the underlying zoning district.  Ground mounted equipment shall be screened from view by suitable vegetation, except where a design of non-vegetative screening better reflects and complements the architectural character of the surrounding neighborhood.

 

Subdivision 10.          Abandoned or Unused Towers or Portions of Towers.  Abandoned or unused towers or portions of towers shall be removed as follows:

A.         All abandoned or unused towers and associated facilities shall be removed within 12 months of the cessation of operations at the site unless a time extension is approved by the City Council.  In the event that a tower is not removed within 12 months of the cessation of operations at a site, the tower and associated facilities may be removed by the City and the costs of removal assessed against the property.

B.         Unused portions of towers above a manufactured connection shall be removed within 6 months of the time of antenna relocation.  The replacement of portions of a tower previously removed requires the issuance of a new conditional use permit.

 

Subdivision 11.          Antennas Mounted on Roofs, Walls, and Existing Towers.  The placement of wireless telecommunication antennas on roofs, walls, and existing towers may be approved by the City Council, provided the antennas meet the requirements of this Ordinance, after submittal of 1) a final site and building plan, and 2) a report prepared by a qualified and licensed professional engineer indicating the existing structure or tower=s suitability to accept the antenna and the proposed method of affixing the antenna to the structure.  Complete details of all fixtures and couplings, and the precise point of attachment shall be indicated in such report.

 

Subdivision 12.          Interference with Public Safety Telecommunications.  No new or existing telecommunications service shall interfere with public safety telecommunications.  All applications for new service shall be accompanied by an intermodulation study which provides a technical evaluation of existing and proposed transmissions and indicates all potential interference problems.  Before the introduction of new service or changes in existing service, telecommunication providers shall notify the City at least 10 calendar days in advance of such changes and allow the City to monitor interference levels during the testing process.

 

Subdivision 13.          Additional Submittal Requirements.  In addition to the information required elsewhere in this Ordinance, development applications for towers shall include the following supplemental information:

A.         A report from a qualified and licensed professional engineer which does the following:

1.    Describes the tower height and design including a cross section and elevation;

2.    Documents the height above grade for all potential mounting positions for co-located antennas and the minimum separation distances between antennas;

3.    Describes the towers capacity, including the number and type of antennas that it can accommodate;

4.    Documents what steps the applicant will take to avoid interference with established public safety telecommunications;

5.    Includes an engineers stamp and registration number; and

6.    Includes other information necessary to evaluate the request.

B.         For all commercial wireless telecommunication service towers, a letter of intent committing the tower owner and his or her successors to allow the shared use of the tower if an additional user agrees in writing to meet reasonable terms and conditions for shared use.

C.        Before the issuance of a building permit, the following supplemental information shall be submitted:

1.    Proof that the proposed tower complies with regulations administered by Federal Aviation Administration; and

2.    A report from a qualified and licensed professional engineer which demonstrates the tower=s compliance with the aforementioned structural and electrical standards.

 

Subdivision 14.          Exceptions.  The requirements of Section 10.15A of this Ordinance shall apply to all structures and developments otherwise permitted under this Ordinance except:

A.         Planned Unit Developments, when approved as a part of a preliminary and final development plan pursuant to Section 10.14A;

B.         Public utility structures, including but not limited to water towers, lights and signals, power and telephone poles, and poles supporting emergency warning devices;

C.        Church sanctuaries, steeples and bell towers; and

D.         In accordance with the Federal Communications Commission=s preemptive ruling, towers erected for the primary purpose of supporting amateur radio antennas may exceed 30 feet in height provided that a determination is made by the City Council that the proposed tower height is technically necessary to successfully engage in amateur radio communications.

 

Subdivision 15.         Site Plan. All new towers shall be accompanied by a site plan pursuant to            Section 10.06A of this Chapter.

 

Section 10.15B   SMALL WIRELESS FACILITIES

 

Subdivision 1.  PURPOSE

            A.        This ordinance is adopted for the purpose balancing a myriad of concerns, including but not limited to the accommodation of new technology; increasing societal demands for additional wireless network capacity; the protection of public investment of aesthetics in key zoning districts; ensure the appropriate use of public right of way; minimize unnecessary encumbrance in public right of way; protection of the health, safety, and welfare of Sauk Rapids’ citizens; and establish permitting processes that minimize administrative burdens for both the City and applicants.    

 

            Subdivision 2.  DEFINITIONS

                                    A.  Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the terms used in this Section shall have the meanings designated to them as provided in Minn. Stat. § 237.162 or Minn. R. 7819.0100.

 

            Subdivision 3.  APPROVAL

A.           In processing and approving a small wireless facility permit, the City may condition its approval on compliance with generally applicable and reasonable health, safety, and welfare regulations consistent with the City’s public right-of-way management and any reasonable replacement, or relocation requirements when a new wireless support structure is placed in a public right-of-way.

 

B.            The City has 90 days after the date a small wireless facility permit application is filed to issue or deny the permit.  If the City provides a written notice of incompleteness to the applicant within 30 days of receipt of the application, the 90 day period is tolled and the City shall follow the procedure set forth in Minn. Stat. § 237.163.  Unless a tolling provision applies, a small wireless facility permit may be deemed approved if the City fails to approve or deny the application within 90 days after the permit application has been filed.

 

Subdivision 4.  GENERAL

A.           The term of a small wireless facility permit shall terminate upon non-use of the small wireless facility unless the permit is revoked sooner under this ordinance or other applicable law.

 

B.            An applicant for a small wireless facility permit may file a consolidated permit application to collocate up to a maximum of   fifteen (15) small wireless facilities, provided that all the small wireless facilities in the application: are located within a two-mile radius; consist of substantially similar equipment; and are to be placed on similar types of wireless support structures.  In rendering a decision on a consolidated permit application, the City may approve a permit for some small wireless facilities and deny a permit for others, but may not use denial of one or more permits as a basis to deny all the small wireless facilities in the application.

 

C.           If the City receives applications within a single seven-day period from one or more applicants seeking approval of permits for more than 30 small wireless facilities, the City may extend the 90-day period for permit approval by an additional 30 days. If the City     elects to invoke this extension, it shall inform in writing any applicant to whom the extension will be applied. Minnesota Statutes Section 15.99 does not apply to this Section. 

 

Subdivision 5.  EXEMPTION

A.           All of the following are exempt from small wireless facility permit requirements: routine maintenance of a small wireless facility; replacement of an existing small wireless facility with a new facility that is substantially similar or smaller in size, weight, height, and wind or structural loading than the small wireless facility being replaced; or installation, placement, maintenance, operation, or replacement of Micro Wireless Facilities that are suspended on cables strung between existing utility poles in compliance with national safety codes.

 

B.            Notwithstanding, any person engaging in any activity described above shall provide the City at least fifteen (15) days advance written notification of such activities if the work will obstruct a public right-of-way.

 

Subdivision 6.  HEIGHT

A.        Each Wireless Support Structure installed in the right-of-way shall not exceed 50 feet above ground level or more than 10 feet above an existing Wireless Support Structure in place as of the effective date of this ordinance, whichever is less.

 

Subdivision 7.  COLLOCATION ON CITY OWNED WIRELESS SUPPORT STRUCTURES 

A.           A wireless service provider may collocate small wireless facilities on wireless support structures owned or controlled by the            City and located within the public roads or rights-of-way subject to a   small wireless facility collocation agreement.

 

B.            All engineering and construction work associated with collocation must be paid by the wireless service provider.

 

C.           In addition to other fees or charges allowed under this chapter, the City shall charge each small wireless facility attached        to a wireless support structure owned by the City the maximum rent,   fees, and charges authorized by state law.           

 

Subdivision 8.  DECORATIVE LIGHT POLES AND STREETSCAPING

A.        In select areas within the City, especially in the D-1 Historic Downtown Business District, the City has spent significant public funds to install upgraded standard light poles to decorative light poles with banners and streetscaping such as benches and sidewalk furnishings, stone and sculptured elements, decorative trash receptacles, and ornamental trees and vegetation. Special assessments on businesses within the D-1 Historic Downtown Business District have also significantly contributed to financing of decorative light poles and streetscaping. The purpose of the decorative light poles and streetscaping is to preserve and advance a “Historic Main Street” appearance together with strict building, sign, utility, and landscaping aesthetic requirements in the D-1 Historic Downtown Business District. The location of small wireless facilities on decorative light poles and streetscaping will disrupt the sought after appearance and nullify the significant investments made by the City and business within the D-1 Historic Downtown Business District. Further, decorative light poles are not designed to accommodate small cell wireless facilities and locating small cell wireless facilities on expensive decorative light poles likely voids any warranty. Small cell wireless facilities are therefore prohibited on decorative light poles and streetscaping within the public right of way.

 

Subdivision 9.  CITY-OWNED BUILDINGS AND SIGNS

A.        Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow the collocation on city-owned buildings or associated signs, flag poles, or other site-specific structures located adjacent to public right of way.

 

SECTION         10.15C  ENERGY PROJECTS

 

Subd. 1.          Purpose.  The purpose of this ordinance is to create standards that ensure the proper siting of energy projects to meet energy and economic needs while protecting the environment in a way that minimizes conflicts with future development and redevelopment.  These standards protect the public health, safety, and general welfare of residents.

 

Subd. 2.          Definitions.  For the purposes of this ordinance, the terms defined in this section have the following meaning:

1.         Energy Project:  electric generation projects, subsidiary stations of electricity generation, transmission line, and distribution systems where voltage is transformed from high to low or the reverse using transformers, thermal power or combustion turbine electric generation projects, solar electric generating projects, geothermal electric generating projects, and electric transmission and distribution lines. Solar electric generating projects already regulated in the City’s industrial zoning district shall be exempt from this code.

2.         Transmission Line:  an overhead or underground facility consisting of utility poles, lines, underground conduit, and/or related devices used to carry electricity generally to a location other than the ultimate user, with a nominal voltage greater than 35 kilovolts.

3.         Wind Energy Conversion System: An electrical generating facility comprised of one or more wind turbines and accessory facilities, including but not limited to: power lines, transformers, substations and metrological towers that operate by converting the kinetic energy of wind into electrical energy for energy used either on-site or for distribution into the electrical grid.  This does not include ornamental wind devices.

 

Subd. 3.          Prohibited Uses.  It shall be unlawful to erect, construct in place, or re-erect any Wind Energy Conversion System within any zoning district in the city of Sauk Rapids.  Ornamental wind devices that are not a WECS shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section and shall conform to other applicable provisions of this Chapter and the City Code.

 

Subd. 4.          Conditional Uses.  Within all districts, no structure or land shall be used for an Energy Project except by conditional use permit.

 

Subd. 5.          Application Process.

1.         Pre-Application Meeting.  Before submitting an application for an Energy Project conditional use permit, the applicant must schedule a pre-application meeting with staff.  The meeting may also include affected adjacent landowners.  At the pre-application meeting, the applicant will provide:

 

A.                 Documentation demonstrating the need and purpose for such a facility so that alternatives to the facility can be adequately assessed;

B.                  All site location alternatives considered by the applicant, providing at least two;

C.                  Designation of the applicant's preferred location; and

D.                 A “no-build” alternative that discusses measures that could be taken in an attempt to meet the documented need without construction of the facility.

2.            Expert Report.   The City may retain an independent technical expert, to be paid for by the applicant, to assist staff in reviewing the proposed Energy Project.  Staff will conduct an analysis of the alternatives to the proposed Energy Project and narrow the alternatives to two, which may include the applicant’s preferred location. This analysis shall be summarized in a staff report. The report shall be presented to the City at the same meeting as the application for a conditional use permit. 

3.            General Application Requirements. The applicant shall submit an application for a conditional use permit which must include the following information for each alternative in the staff report as well as the applicant’s preferred location, if it is not one of those selected by the City:

A.           Project costs;

B.            Any available documentation that the applicant has acquired an interest in the property proposed for the Energy Project;

C.           Amount of vegetation that would be removed or damaged;

D.           Depictions of the views of the proposed facility, if above ground, from four directions;

E.            Projected ambient noise levels and maximum noise levels that will be experienced by adjacent properties;

F.             The potential for interference with telephones and other electronic devices, including medical devices;

G.           For an electrical transmission line or substation, a summary of current research regarding the health effects of Electronic and Magnetic Fields (“EMF”) levels, conducted by health and scientific professionals, including those who do and do not receive utility sponsorship;

H.            For an electrical transmission line or substation, EMF levels under maximum and average anticipated loading at the base of the utility poles, underneath the wires between the poles, at ground level above underground wires, at the edge of the property line, at the edge of the closest habitable building, and at the point above ground where there would be the greatest EMF level; and

I.              For an electrical transmission line or substation, reasonable and prudent measures to minimize EMF levels along all alternative routes.

4.            Transmission Line Requirements. For an electrical transmission line, the applicant must comply with the following unless the applicant shows that this is not reasonable or prudent:

A.           The routes must be on or along corridors presently used for public roads, public trails, railroads, or above-ground utilities, or on corridors which were previously used for such purposes and which are being retained for future public or utility purposes.

B.            Arterial or collector streets must be used instead of local roadways, except that local roadways may be used where above-ground electrical lines already exist.

C.           Platted utility easements in residential zones, which do not abut public roads, or roadway easements may not be used, unless the lines are placed underground.

 

Subd. 6.          Public Hearing and Permit Process. The City must hold a public hearing on the application and take testimony from interested parties. 

1.         Notice. At least 10 days before the public hearing, the City must mail notice of the hearing to all owners of property wholly or partially within a 350-foot radius of any portion of the alternative locations to be presented to the City. 

2.            Selection of Alternative.  The City Council may select an alternative by a majority vote of the members present upon recommendation of the Planning Commission. 

3.            Conditions of Approval.  The City may impose reasonable conditions as part of the approval to protect adjacent property or people.  In addition to the general criteria for evaluating a conditional use permit in Section 10.17, the following specific criteria shall be used in evaluating the application:

A.           The potential adverse aesthetic, economic, environmental, social, health, and/or safety impacts on adjacent properties or people;

B.            The proximity to existing residential districts and future residential districts according to the Comprehensive Plan;

C.           The location of the facility on the property;

D.           The location of the access to the facility from public right of way;

E.            The installation of all electrical transmission lines underground, to the maximum extent that may be required by Minnesota law;

F.             The storage of equipment, vehicles, and spare parts in an approved storage building;

G.        The potential interference with public use of public property;

H.         The applicant's need to adequately and reliably serve customers within the   relevant service area now and in the foreseeable future,

I.          Project costs.

4.         Unfeasible Alternatives.  If, after the City Council has selected an alternative, the applicant believes that it cannot use the alternative due to reasons beyond its own control and not apparent during the selection process, the applicant may notify the City in writing and request the selection of a different alternative.  The City Council may select a different alternative if it finds that the applicant is prevented from the using the selected location.

5.         Site Plan.  After receiving the conditional use permit and before beginning construction, the applicant must apply for site plan approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.  The site plan may be considered at the same meeting as the conditional use permit application. Only the site plan for the selected location will be considered.  The site plan must also comply with the following:

A.        The site plan must include a landscape plan prepared by a registered landscape architect.  Plant material selection will take into consideration disease and insect resistance, hardiness to the area, the ability to provide seasonal interest and future maintenance considerations.  Native species are preferred. Invasive species as identified by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources are prohibited.

1.         The plan must be designed to mitigate the amount of trees removed for the facility and must minimize the visual impact on abutting properties caused by the facility.

2.            The applicant must install and maintain the landscaping in compliance with code provisions and the plan as approved by the City.

3.            With the concurrence of the abutting property owner, the landscape plan may include plantings on abutting property.  In that case, the applicant will be responsible for installation, and the abutting property owner will be responsible for the maintenance of the landscaping.  A signed easement which memorializes such an agreement must be provided.  The easement must be recorded with the Benton County Recorder.

B.         The site plan must also contain a drainage plan for the site which should include low impact development stormwater treatment and containment techniques described in Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan where feasible.

C.        The facility must be designed to minimize the visual impact of the facility.

1.         The applicant must submit configuration, material, and color options that are technically feasible.

2.         The City may require the applicant to design the facility in a manner that reduces the visual impact of the project, including regulating the height and spacing of utility poles.

3.         Utility poles may not exceed 80 feet in height, except when needed to cross a major roadway such as a highway.

4.            The City may require the applicant to install screening of the facility to minimize the visual impact to neighboring properties and public right of way.

D.         The facility must not interfere with the use of public right-of-way, including use for vehicular and pedestrian travel, snow storage, and lateral support.

 

Subd. 7.          Maintenance.  The applicant and any subsequent owner must continually maintain the facility in good condition, including repainting or re-staining deteriorated surface finishes, securing poles and/or “guy” wires to the ground, and replacing poles that are in a deteriorated condition.

 

Subd. 8.          Severability and Savings Clause.  If any section or portion of this ordinance is found to be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall not effect the validity and enforceability of any other section or provision of this ordinance.  The remaining provisions shall be considered severable, and shall be given effect to the maximum extent possible.

 

SECTION          10.16 SIGNS

 

Subdivision 1. Definitions.  For purposes of this section, certain terms and words are hereby defined as follows.  The following definitions shall control if there is a conflicting definition found elsewhere in Chapter 10.

 

Billboard:  A free standing sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service or entertainment not exclusively related to the premises where such a sign is located or to which it is affixed.

Campaign Sign:  A sign of a temporary nature which states the name and/or picture of an individual seeking election or appointment to a public office or pertaining to a forthcoming public election or referendum.  This does not include permanently constructed billboard signs or structures.

Directional Sign:  A sign erected on public or private property which bears the address and/or name of a business, institution, church or other use or activity plus directional arrows or information on location.

Dynamic Displays: Any characteristics of a sign that appear to have movement of that appear to change, caused by any method other than physically removing and replacing the sign or its components, whether the apparent movement of change is in the display, the sign structure itself, or any other component of the sign. This includes a display that incorporates a technology or method allowing the sign face to change the image without having to physically or mechanically replace the sign face or its components. This also includes any animated display and any display that incorporates rotating panels, LED lights manipulated through digital input, “digital ink” or any other method or technology that allows the sign face to present a series of images or displays.

Identification Sign:  A sign to identify a common area containing a group of structures, or a single structure containing a number of tenants, including such examples as a residential sub-division, apartment complex, industrial park, manufactured home park, or shopping center.  Such a sign may name the persons, businesses, or tenants included in the area.

Illumination, internal: a light source within the sign.

Illumination, external: a light source which is not internal to the sign.

Limited tenant building:  a commercial retail establishment or a group of commercial retail establishments with the designed occupancy of three or less tenants. It must have shared parking and a visual appearance as a contiguous structure which may or may not be planned, constructed or managed as a total entity.  This includes single tenant retail structures.

Lot Front:  See Street Frontage.

Monument sign: Any freestanding sign not mounted on a pylon or post

Multitenant building:  a group of commercial retail establishments with a designed occupancy of four or more tenants with shared parking and visual appearance as a contiguous structure which may or may not be planned, constructed or managed as a total entity.

On-Premises Sign:  A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service or entertainment related to the premises where such a sign is located or to which it is affixed.

Portable Sign:  See Temporary Sign. 

Pylon Sign:  A freestanding sign erected on a pylon(s) or post(s).

Reader Board Sign: A dynamic Display sign that is capable of displaying copy/text, but not images.

Real Estate Sign:  A business sign placed upon a property advertising that particular property for sale or for rent or lease.

Rotating Sign:  A sign which revolves or rotates on its axis by mechanical means.

Roof Mounted Sign:  Any sign which is erected, constructed or attached wholly or in part upon or over the roof of a building.

Sandwich Board Sign:  A freestanding stationary sign composed of two boards bearing placards, hinged at the top and whose bottom edges rest on the ground, or one placard on a platform, and used for advertising with the primary purpose to target pedestrian, not vehicular traffic.

Shopping center: An integrated grouping of commercial stores, under single ownership or control, or under collective ownership with common features such as parking, lighting, maintenance, etc.

Sign:  A name, identification, description, display, illustration or device which is affixed to, painted, or represented directly or indirectly upon a building, structure, land, rock, pole, fence or tree and which directs activity, or which is displayed for informational purposes about a person, institution, organization or business and is visible to the general public.

Street Frontage:  The length of the side of a City lot fronting on the street, or, in the case of a corner lot, the longest side of such lot.

Temporary Sign:  Any sign, including without limitation, banners, pennants and private flags, that is intended to be transportable or moveable, whether fixed or not, to the ground or a structure.

Wall Sign:  A sign painted on or placed against or attached to the exterior wall surface of a building or structure.

 

Subdivision 2. Purpose.

The regulation of the location, placement, size, shape, height, condition, cluttering or illumination of signs is necessary to achieve the following objectives:

A.         To establish standards which permit property owners the opportunity to identify and advertise themselves, goods, or services.

B.         To preserve and protect the value of land, buildings and landscapes and promote the attractiveness of the community.

C.        To ensure that signs in the City are not a safety hazard to lives and/or property.

D.         To eliminate confusion in locating goods, services and facilities, and to preserve order.

E.         To encourage business to erect permanent signs and discourage temporary and/or portable signs.

Subdivision 3. General Sign Regulations.

A.         Rotating Signs.  Rotating signs are permitted in the areas described below provided that the outer edge shall not exceed a speed of 4 revolutions per minute and the rotating portion of the sign shall be a minimum of 8 feet above the adjacent grade.  No rotating sign shall extend over public right-of-way.

B.         Measurement of Sign Area.  The square footage of a sign made up of letters, words or symbols within a frame shall be determined from the outside edge of the frame itself.  The square footage of a sign composed of only letters, words or symbols shall be determined from imaginary straight lines drawn around the entire copy or grouping of such letters, words or symbols.  Double-faced, three dimensional and multi-faced signs shall be calculated as the area of one side only.

C.        Measurement of Freestanding Sign Height.  The height of a freestanding sign shall be measured from the elevation of the average adjacent land area within a 50 foot radius of the sign.

D.         Condition and Maintenance.  All signs must be maintained in good condition and the area around them kept free from debris, overgrown grass, and weeds and from anything else which would be a nuisance. All signs must be kept in good repair.  Unless constructed of galvanized or non-corroding metal, signs must be treated with appropriate wood preservative or thoroughly painted as often as is necessary, consistent with good maintenance practices. All braces, bolts, clips, supporting frame and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, rot, or loosening.  All signs shall be able to withstand safely, at all times, the wind pressure that could occur.

E.         Billboards.  All Billboards shall require a conditional use permit.  The conditional use permit shall be obtained in accordance with Section 10.17 of this Ordinance. All Billboards must be in conformance with the following standards:

1.    Billboards must be located within 100 feet of the right-of-way of the highway.

2.    Maximum area is 672 square feet, per side.

3.    Minimum ground clearance is 8 feet.

4.    Maximum height of a billboard is 50 feet.

5.    No part of the billboard structure shall be built upon or over the public right-of-way.

6.    Minimum distance from Residential R-1 and R-2 Districts is 200 feet.

7.    Minimum distance from other billboards on the same side of a road is 1,000 feet.

8.    Minimum distance from street intersection is 100 feet as measured from the right of way.

9.    Minimum distance from adjacent properties is 50 feet.

10.  Billboards are allowed only in Commercial and Industrial Districts in the corridors delineated on the Billboard map (Subdivision 14, Figure 1).

11.  All Billboards in Commercial and Industrial Districts in the corridors delineated on the Billboard map (Subdivision 14, Figure 1) on November 11, 2002, that are in violation of subparagraph 7 of this Subdivision after November 12, 2002, shall not be considered nonconforming.

F.         Directional Signs.

1.    Directional signs shall be limited to two signs per street entrance or exit.

2.    Such signs shall be for the sole purpose of ensuring safe and convenient access and egress to the use for which they apply.

3.    No such sign shall exceed 2 square feet in area in the Residential Districts, and shall not exceed 8 square feet in area in all other districts.

G.        Wall Signs.  Wall signs are permitted in the Commercial and Industrial Districts only, except for churches and schools which may place wall signs in any district.  Projecting parallel signs may project over public right-of-way provided signs do not extend more than 1 foot beyond the wall of the building or impede free and complete use of the sidewalk for pedestrians.

H.         On-Premises Signs.

1.    On-premises signs shall not exceed 20 feet in height within 20 feet of any lot line abutting public street right-of-way.  Any sign set back more than 20 feet shall not exceed 40 feet in height.

2.    On-premises pylon signs shall be limited to 1/3 square foot per lineal foot of street frontage.  The maximum size is 200 square feet, or less as limited by their respective districts.

I.          Projecting Signs.  Projecting signs, including canopies, may project over public right-of-ways a maximum of 6 feet and shall be at least 8 feet above the ground and shall not impede free and complete use of the sidewalk for pedestrians.

J.         Bus Bench Signs.  Bus bench signs shall be limited to 2 benches per lot.

K.         Home Occupation Signs.  One identification sign for the home occupation use is allowed, but shall not exceed 4 square feet in area.  All signs for Home Occupation shall be set back a minimum distance of not less than 15 feet from the curb line.  If lighted, no Home Occupation Sign shall be illuminated between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.

L.          Promotional Signs.  Promotional signs advertising a temporary special community event such as a fair, farmers market or parade may be permitted to be located over public right-of-way.  The size, location and method of erection of such signs shall be subject to approval by the public works director and the chief of police pursuant to good engineering practices.

M.        Special Sale Signs.

1.    Sale, grand opening, and going out of business signs shall be permitted in Commercial and Industrial Districts, provided that such signs are displayed no more than 15 consecutive days quarterly.  Such signs shall be removed immediately upon termination of the sale or event that they advertise.

2.    All such signs must be attached to the facade, wall or window of the building occupying or conducting the sale or event which they advertise.

3.    The total signage shall not exceed 100 square feet of area.

N.         Streamers.

1.    Streamers may be used only in the C-1, C-2, and C-3 Districts to outline property lines and areas on a lot which displays merchandise outdoors.

2.    Streamers shall be replaced or removed when torn or faded.

3.    Streamers may not be displayed for more than 30 days in any 12 month period, beginning upon the issuance of a permit.  Streamers in other districts are limited to the time of the event.

 

Subdivision 4. Exempt Signs.

The following signs shall be exempt from the provisions of this section:

A.         Official notices authorized by a court, public body or public safety official.

B.         Directional, warning or informational signs authorized by federal, state or municipal governments.

C.        Memorial plaques, building identification signs and building cornerstones when cut or carved into a masonry surface or when made of noncombustible material and made an integral part of the building or structure.

D.         The flag of a government or a noncommercial institution, such as a school.

E.         Religious symbols and seasonal decorations within the appropriate holiday season.

 

Subdivision 5. Prohibited Signs.

The following signs and devices are prohibited in any location:

A.         Any sign or device that resembles any official marker erected by a governmental agency or any display such as stop or danger.

B.         Signs which may be or may hereafter become rotted, unsafe or unsightly.

C.        Signs located in such a manner as to obstruct or otherwise interfere with an official traffic sign, signal or device or obstruct or interfere with a driver’s view of approaching, merging or intersecting traffic.

D.         Garage Sales, Rummage Sales, Yard Sales, and Special Events:

1). Signs that advertise garage sales, rummage sales, yard sales and special events not associated with a commercial or industrial enterprise are permitted in the road right-of-way with permission of the property owner who is responsible for the maintenance of that right-of-way, under the following circumstances.

a)   Signs may be no larger than 480 square inches (3.3 square feet) in size (per side).

b)   Signs are limited to a total height of 30 inches measured from the ground to the highest point of the sign, including any mounting posts, sticks or other mounting materials.  Balloons, flags, pennants and banners extending above 30 inches are prohibited.  No sign shall have reflective material or any characteristics mentioned in item F below.

c)   The wording on the sign must include the location (address) and date(s) of the sale/event, not to exceed three (3) consecutive calendar days and not to exceed three (3) sale/events per year, unless a greater number of days or events is allowed by a City of Sauk Rapids special event permit or other applicable law.

d)   Signs may not be placed in medians.

2). Signs that do not meet the criteria listed above (a – d) will be summarily removed.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property owner whose address is affixed to the sign and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.

3). Property owners, who have not been contacted and have not granted permission to display such signs, may remove unwanted signs from their property at their discretion. 

4). Signs that remain posted beyond the date(s) of the sale/event will be removed by the police department.  Any costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property owner whose address is affixed to the sign and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the property.

5). For the purpose of the is Section, the term “special event’ shall mean a birthday, anniversary, or graduation party; a church bazaar; an open house; or an event arranged by a private citizen or a non-profit organization to advertise a special occasion or provide a setting for a celebration, social interaction and/or entertainment.  The city of Sauk Rapids reserves the right to determine if a specific event qualifies as a “special event” under this Section.

E.         Cloth, paper, soft plastic or similar advertising signs or devices other than in rigid frames as provided herein except those intended as temporary signs, or as provided by Item I below.

F.         No Flashing Signs. Signs may not flash, pulsate, strobe, rotate, or be affixed with moving appurtenances.

G.        Rooftop Signs.  Rooftop signs are prohibited.

H.         Height of Signs on Buildings. Signs attached to Buildings may not extend above the higher of the ceiling line of the top floor or the top of a parapet wall.

I.          Portable signs except as allowed for temporary signs.

J.         Any sign attached to, or placed on a vehicle or trailer parked on public or private property.  The prohibition of this subsection does not prohibit the identification of a firm or its principal products on a vehicle operating during the normal course of business.

K.         Pennants, banners and private flags bearing any logo, product name, business name or other advertising, and balloons, except as temporary signs temporarily attached to automobiles or temporarily displayed as part of a special sale, promotion or community event.

L.          Billboards in any area other than that permitted by this Section.

M.        Searchlights.

 

Subdivision 6. Temporary and Portable Signs.

A.         Temporary signs, including portable signs, shall only be allowed once during any twelve-month period and only after an application has been approved for location and placement by the Community Development Department.  An application for such signs may be approved for no more than 60 consecutive days in any one 12-month period, beginning upon the issuance of a permit.  Temporary or portable signs are allowed only by permit, subject to a fee set forth in the City Fee Schedule.

B.         Illuminated temporary or portable signs shall have a recognized seal of approval of listing from Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or other recognized electrical standard and shall be installed in conformance with that listing or, if more restrictive, the National Electrical Code as adopted by the State of Minnesota.

C.        There shall be no more than one portable sign per parcel of property or business, whichever is less, permitted at any one time.

D.         The internal wiring of an illuminated outdoor sign that is temporary or portable and readily accessible shall be supplied from, and protected by, ground-fault circuit-interrupters.

E.         Extension cords used to supply power to portable or temporary signs shall be enclosed in metal conduit or elevated at least 9 feet above the ground to prevent tripping over or electrical hazards.

F.         Anchors for portable or temporary signs shall be subject to approval by the Building Inspector and maintained to prevent displacement or tipping during high winds.

G.        During the development of a new subdivision consisting of 2 or more lots, there shall be allowed 2 signs in the subdivision, not to exceed 64 square feet in surface area and not to exceed 12 feet in height.  The signs may advertise the development and may name the subdivision, subdivision layout, developer, contractors, suppliers, brokers and financial institutions involved.  A permit shall be obtained for the placement of such signs and a fee paid as set by Council resolution.  Additional signs having a surface area not to exceed 4 square feet, and a height not to exceed 6 feet, directing the public and/or identifying models in the subdivision are also permitted.  Both types of signs shall be removed when 75% of the lots are developed or within 2 years, whichever shall occur first.  Such signs shall not be illuminated.

H.         Contractor, Engineer, Architect, and Financial Institution signs shall be removed 2 weeks after sale or occupancy of the land or building, whichever occurs first.

I.          Sandwich Board Signs may be allowed after issuance of a one-time permit that shall be issued to the business to be advertised.  The permit shall not attach to the property on which the business is located.  The permit shall be issued by the Community Development Director after payment of a fee set forth in the City’s Fee Schedule and shall be subject to the provisions of this subdivision and the following additional conditions:

1)   Sandwich Board Signs shall be allowed in the D-1, C-1,

      C-2, and the C-3 Districts.

2)  Sandwich Board Signs shall be limited to 12 square feet per side and shall be no more than 4 ½ feet in height.

3)   Sandwich Boards Signs shall not interfere with public rights-of-way in any manner, including sight lines for pedestrian or vehicular traffic. 

4)   Sandwich Board Signs shall be placed adjacent to the business being advertised and, in the case of buildings with multiple tenants, shall not be placed in front of other businesses or in common areas except on private sidewalks adjacent to the business being advertised so long as a 48 inch walkway can be left unobstructed.

5)   Businesses shall be allowed one Sandwich Board Sign per public entrance to the business being advertised.  For businesses with no public entrance, one Sandwich Board Sign may be allowed for each drive-thru or walk-up service window.

6)   Sandwich Board Signs shall be displayed only during the normal operating hours of the business they advertise.

7)   Sandwich Board Signs shall not count toward a property’s total square footage of signage allowed by this Section.

8)   In the D-1, Downtown Business District Sandwich Board Signs shall be allowed in the public right-of-way within two (2) feet of the building in which the business being advertised is located, so long as an adequate walkway of no less than 48 inches is left unobstructed.

9)   In the D-1, C-1, Limited Commercial District, C-2, Commercial District, and the C-3, Highway Commercial District Sandwich Board Signs may be allowed on private property. If the sign is placed on a private sidewalk, a walkway of 48 inches must be left unobstructed.

10) In the D-1, Downtown District, C-1, Limited Commercial District, C-2, Commercial District, and the C-3, Highway Commercial District Sandwich Board Signs may be allowed on private property if a walkway of 48 inches is left unobstructed.

11) Sandwich Board Signs shall not obstruct sight lines at intersections, and in no event shall any Sandwich Board Sign be placed within 10 feet of the edge of any curb or street edge at any intersection.

12) The sign shall not require any form of electricity or include display lights or moving parts.

13) A new permit shall be required for the replacement of any Sandwich Board Sign or any physical changes to the sign’s frame or platform, provided that simply changing the copy/text of a sign shall not require a new permit.

14) Prior to Placing any Sandwich Boards in the public right-of-way, the property owner shall provide to the City proof of liability insurance and sign an agreement holding the City harmless.

 

Subdivision 7. Real Estate Signs.

A.        Real Estate identification signs shall be removed 2 weeks after closing or occupancy of the building, which ever occurs first.

B.         Real Estate signs shall not exceed 8 square feet in all Residential Districts.  Real Estate signs in all other districts shall not exceed 130 square feet.  Real Estate signs shall be installed on private property only.

C.        Real Estate signs over 8 square feet require a permit from the Community Development Department.

D.        Real Estate signs advertising the sale of lots located within a subdivision shall be permitted provided that there shall be no more than 1 sign per entrance, and each sign shall be no greater than 64 square feet in area, no greater than 12 feet in height, and erected no longer than a period of 1 year.  Such signs may be installed off premises in order to direct visitors to the property.

 

Subdivision 8. Campaign Signs.

A.        Campaign signs posted by a bona fide candidate for a political office or by a person or group promoting a political office or by a person or group promoting a political issue or a political candidate may be placed in any district except on public space and school property.

B.         A campaign sign shall be permitted for a period of not more than 60 days before the date of the election to which the sign relates.

C.        If the sign relates to an office which is the subject of a primary election, it may be retained in place after the primary election if it relates to the next ensuing election.

D.        Campaign signs shall be removed within 7 days following the date of the election to which they relate.

E.         Campaign signs shall be set back a minimum distance of not less than 15 feet from the curb line.  No sign shall be on public right-of-way.

F.         Campaign signs shall not exceed 16 square feet in area and not more than 8 feet in height in all Residential Districts and not more than 32 square feet in area and no more than 10 feet in height in all other districts.  These restrictions shall not apply to lawfully established billboards.

G.        Campaign signs in violation of this subsection shall be immediately removed by the City.

 

Subdivision 9. Signs in Residential Districts R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 and Agricultural Districts A-1.

A.         The following signs may be erected, hung, placed or painted within a R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 and A-1 districts, subject to the regulations outlined in this Section 10.16:

1.    1 unlighted or indirectly illuminated nameplate not exceeding 2 square feet in area announcing only the same and/or location of all occupants of a residence.

2.    Religious Institutions such as Churches, Chapels, Temples, Synagogues, and Mortuaries, Schools, Hospitals, or Public or Semi-Public institutions shall be allowed identification signs subject to the following regulations:                                   

a.    Only one freestanding sign per institution shall be allowed adjacent to any one public road or street. 

b.    The sign shall be located on the same parcel of land as the institution that is applying for the sign

c.    The sign shall be no more then eight (8) feet in height.

d.    The sign shall be no more then thirty two (32) square feet copy area.

e.    Only indirect illumination will be allowed.

3.  One identification sign for each use other than R-1 and R-2 which shall not exceed 8 square feet in area.

4.  Home occupation signs, campaign signs and real estate signs.

5.  Subdivision Identification signs are allowed in R-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4, subject to the following regulations:

a.    The sign shall display only the name and the logo of the subdivision.

b.    The subdivision must have at least 25 single-family lots or 50 multiple-family lots.

c.    Only one freestanding sign per subdivision shall be allowed adjacent to any one public road or street. 

d.    The sign shall be located on a parcel of land held in common ownership or located within a dedicated permanent sign easement and shall be perpetually maintained by a homeowners’ association.

e.    The sign shall be no more then eight (8) feet in height.

f.      The sign shall be no more then thirty two (32) square feet copy area.

g.    Total monument area per sign shall be a maximum of sixty-five (65) square feet per side.

h.    Only indirect illumination will be allowed.

B.         All signs in the Residential Districts shall be set back a minimum distance of not less than 15 feet from the curbline.

 

Subdivision 10.          Signs in Commercial District  C-1,

The following signs shall be permitted in commercial districts, subject to the regulation outlined in this Section 10.16:

A.         On-premises signs and identification signs are permitted.  There may be building signs, free standing signs or pylon signs.  Height limitations are specified in Subdivision 3. I.  If lighted, signs shall be of non-glare illumination.

B.         In Commercial Districts, the sign area in a lot shall not exceed the following:

1.  Total square footage of building wall signs shall not exceed the lesser of:  (1) 15% of the building surface area on the side of the building where the sign will be placed, or (2) the product of the Street Frontage of the property where the building is located and the multiplier set forth in the following table:

                       

Street Frontage                                                                     Multiplier

0 to and including 50 feet                                                   1.0 feet

Over 50 feet to and including 100 feet                             1.5 feet

Over 100 feet                                                                                     2.0 feet

*Strip Mall signs must be uniform in height, but can vary in length based on the table set forth above.

 

2.  Free standing signs shall be limited to 1/3 square foot per lineal foot of street frontage of the lot, to a maximum of 200 square feet, or less as limited by their respective districts.  Signs must be placed within their setbacks, where setbacks are required.

3.  All temporary signs as specified in Subdivision 6 are permitted.

C.        One area identification sign per Limited or Multi tenant building may be erected without reducing the square footage allowance for businesses in the center.  The sign area may be 1 square foot per lineal front footage of all buildings.

D.         Real Estate Signs and Campaign Signs.

E.         Dynamic Display Signs shall be allowed as freestanding signs only and shall meet all other requirements of this Section

F.         Identification Signs.

G.        Billboards in corridors delineated in Subdivision 14 on the Billboard map (Figure 1).

 

Subdivision 11           Signs in the Commercial District C-2 and the Downtown District D-1

 

A.        Signage Plan.  All requests for signs must be submitted to the Community Development Department for approval and must contain a plan with detail as to height, size, location, materials, color, style and lighting, together with a full color rendering.  The Signage Plan must include the above information for all existing signage as well as for the signage being requested.

B.         Signs Styles.  Traditional wood, metal, or awning signs with lights shining onto the sign are encouraged.  Traditional neon signs may be permitted, if approved by the Community Development Department.  Plastic signage which has interior illumination, although permitted, is discouraged.

C.        Sign Standards. Any sign located within the D-1 District must meet the following minimum standards:

D.         Permitted Signs. On-premises identification, business or area identification signs will be permitted.

E.         Building Wall Signs. Building wall signage must not exceed one square foot per lineal foot of frontage or 15% of building frontage whichever is greater.  No individual wall sign may exceed 100 sq feet. No Dynamic Display Signage shall be allowed as building wall signs.

F.         Holographic Signs. Holographic signs shall not be allowed.

G.        Freestanding Signs. Freestanding signs are not permitted unless monument style not exceeding eight (8) feet in height measured from the top of curb on the street closest to the sign.  Although permitted, monument signs, which are internally illuminated, are discouraged.  Monument signs, which are metal, wood or similar materials with illumination provided by light shining onto the sign are preferred.  The maximum size for a ground or freestanding sign, including monument, shall be 100 square feet, measured from the widest point on the outside edges of the sign’s posts or columns.  Signs shall not extend beyond posts or columns.  No individual business shall have more then one freestanding sign. Freestanding signs must be setback 10 feet from neighboring properties.

 

            Exception: Pylon style freestanding signs shall be allowed providing they meet the following standards:

 

                        1. The pylon must be within 100’ of US Highway 10 Right of Way.

                        2. The sign structure may not exceed 50 feet in height.

                        3. The sign structure may not be less then 30 feet in height.

                        4.  No sign may be lower on the pylon then 60% of the pylons total height including the sign, although no sign on the pylon shall be lower than 20’ above grade.

                        5. A maximum of one pylon per property (tax parcel) and one sign per pylon shall be allowed and the maximum size of           the signage may not exceed 140 square feet, except as allowed in shopping centers.

                        6. Off-premise pylon signs shall not be allowed although pylon signs in shopping centers shall be allowed to co-locate signage from other businesses within that shopping center. A maximum of three signs per shopping center pylon shall be allowed. No individual sign may exceed 140 square feet and no shopping center may have more then one pylon sign.

                        7. Dynamic display signs are not allowed on a Pylon.

                        8. Signs may not have an LED border.

                        9. Each individual sign may not contain advertising for more then one business.

                        10. The minimum distance between pylon signs on the same side of the road shall be 500 feet.

 

H.         Dynamic Display Signs. Dynamic display signs shall be allowed as freestanding signs (monument style) only and shall meet all other requirements of this Section.

I.          Identification Signs. One (1) area identification sign will be allowed per limited or multi tenant building without reducing the square footage allowance for businesses in the center. Such a sign may be one (1) square foot per lineal front footage of all Buildings up to a maximum of one hundred (100) square feet.

J.         Billboards. Off-premises signs (i.e. billboards) are not permitted within the Downtown (D-1 District) and shall only be allowed in the C-2 District to the extent allowed in Subdivision 14 of this Section.

K.         Temporary Signs. Temporary Signs shall be permitted only in accord with City Ordinance.  Notwithstanding the above, temporary signs shall be limited to eighty (80) square feet and shall not be allowed for more than sixty (60) days in any calendar year.  Neon colored lettering is prohibited on temporary signs.

L.         Clearance. Signs or marquees, which may extend beyond the building lines, may not be constructed to extend over the property line.  Signs located within three (3) feet of an alley, driveway or parking area will have a clearance of fourteen (14) feet above finished grade.  Notwithstanding any restrictions contained in the City’s other Ordinances, Building signs may extend over sidewalks, if adequate clearance is provided.

M.        Architectural Style. All signs must be architecturally compatible with other improvements on the Lot.

N.         Residential Structures.  Signs on residential structures must meet the requirements of Subdivision 9 of this Section.

O.        Any sign facing residentially zoned property, if only separated by a street, alley, or less, must be externally lit.

 

Subdivision 12           Signs in the Commercial District C-3.  Within the C-3 District, permanent signs which comply with the following standards are permitted:

A.     Freestanding signs. Freestanding Signs are only allowed as monument style except as allowed in Subdivision 12. C. Below.

1.     Size of sign permitted is determined by the gross square footage of the principal structure located in the development or the signs proximity to Highway 10.

 2.   One sign per development unless a multi-tenant building or limited tenant buildings over 100,000 gross square feet with two or more primary access points. A second monument at a secondary access point is permitted.  The second monument sign shall include a shopping center identification message only and shall not exceed the lesser of 50 percent of the copy and graphic area and height requirement of the permitted principal sign or 100 square feet of copy area and 21 feet in height.

3.    The following table lists the maximum size and heights for permitted freestanding signs for all C-3 zoned businesses:

 

 

Monument sign

principal structure
(gross square feet)

height

copy & graphic
(sq. ft.)

Greater than 100,000 and within 250 feet of Highway 10 right of way

35’

400

greater than 100,000

21'

200

20,000 - 100,000

18'

120

less than 20,000

15'

100

building with multiple screen theater

21'

200

 

4.     Monument area shall not exceed 1.5 times the permitted copy and graphic area.

5.     No product or service advertising is permitted.

6.    Signs may be single or double faced.

7.    Signs which are not internally illuminated shall have light fixtures and sources screened from views.

B.     Wall mounted signs.

     

1.      Signs may not directly face a residentially zoned area if separated only by a street, alley, landscaping, or less.

2.      Size of signage is determined by gross square footage of principal structure on property.

3.      The following table indicates maximum wall signage permitted for limited tenant buildings:

Principal Structure
Size (Gross Sq. Ft.)

Individual Wall
Sign Calculation

100,000 - 400,000 sq. ft.

200 sq. ft. or 10 percent of wall face, whichever is less

20,000 - 100,000 sq. ft.

150 sq. ft. or 10 percent of wall face, whichever is less

less than 20,000 sq. ft.

100 sq. ft. or 15 percent of wall face, whichever is less

4.      Wall signs shall not include product advertising.  Wall signs shall include tenant identification, tenant logo, shopping center name, shopping center logo, or any combination of the four.

5.     Signs may not directly face a residentially zoned area if separated only by a street, alley, landscaping, or less.

6.     Wall signage may only be placed on the front of the building and any other side of the building facing a non-alley, public road.

7.     Signage on convenient store canopies over fuel pumps shall be limited to 30% of wall face.

 

C.        Pylon Signs.   Because of the high need for visibility by some business in this district, pylon signs shall be allowed if within 100’ of US. Highway 10 with the following provisions:

 

1.     The pylon must be within 100’ of US Highway 10 Right of Way.

2.     The sign structure may not exceed 50 feet in height.

3.     The sign structure may not be less then 30 feet in height.

4.     No sign may be lower on the pylon then 60% of the pylons total height, including the sign, although no sign on the pylon shall be lower then 20’ above grade.

5.     A maximum of one pylon per property (tax parcel) and one sign per pylon shall be allowed and the maximum size of the signage may not exceed 140 square feet, except as allowed in shopping centers.

6.     Off-premise pylon signs shall not be allowed although pylon signs in shopping centers shall be allowed to co-locate signage from other businesses within that shopping center. A maximum of three signs per shopping center pylon shall            be allowed. No individual sign may exceed 140 square feet and no shopping center may have more then one pylon sign.

7.     Dynamic display signs are not allowed on a Pylon.

8.      Signs may not have an LED border.

9.     Each individual sign may not contain advertising for more than one business.

10.   The minimum distance between pylon signs on the same side of the road shall be 500 feet.

 

D.     Hotel Signs. Because of the need for high visibility and the variety in size and shape of hotel structures, variances will be considered but not necessarily granted.

     1.     Freestanding signs:

a.      one monument sign, except that a second monument sign may be allowed if the property has frontage and access on two arterial streets;

b.     15 foot maximum monument height; and

c.      60 square feet maximum copy and graphic area.

d.      Total signage shall not exceed 1.5 times the copy and graphic area.

     2.     Wall signs:

a.     individually mounted and internally illuminated letters;

b.   one wall sign except that a second wall sign on a second wall may be permitted if the signs are not directly oriented toward an R-1 or R-2 zoned residential area; and

c.    maximum letter height up to 36 inches. Variances may be considered for letter height based on proportional relationship to the mass and height of building.

E.     Billboards. Off-premises signs (i.e. billboards) are not permitted within the C-3 District except to the extent allowed in Subdivision 14 of this Section.

F.     Temporary Signs. Temporary Signs within the C-3 District shall be permitted only in accord with this Section, except that temporary signs shall be limited to eighty (80) square feet and shall not be allowed for more than sixty (60) days in any calendar year.  Neon colored lettering is prohibited on temporary signs.

G.     Clearance. Signs or marquees, which may extend beyond the Building lines, may not be constructed to extend over the property line.  Signs located within three (3) feet of an alley, driveway or parking area will have a clearance of fourteen (14) feet above finished grade.  Notwithstanding any restrictions contained in the City’s other Ordinances, Building signs may extend over sidewalks, if adequate clearance is provided.

H.     Maintenance. All signs must be maintained in good condition and the area around them kept free from debris, overgrown grass, and weeds and from anything else which would be a nuisance. All signs must be kept in good repair.  Unless constructed of galvanized or non-corroding metal, signs must be treated with appropriate wood preservative or thoroughly painted as often as is necessary, consistent with good maintenance practices. All braces, bolts, clips, supporting frame and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, rot, or loosening.  All signs shall be able to withstand safely, at all times, the wind pressure that could occur.

I.      No Flashing Signs. Signs may not flash, pulsate, strobe, rotate, or be affixed with moving appurtenances, or create the impression of movement.

J.      Rooftop Signs.  Rooftop signs are prohibited.

K.     Height of Signs on Buildings. Signs attached to Buildings may not extend above the higher of the ceiling line of the top floor or the top of a parapet wall. 

L.     Holographic Signs.  Holographic Signs are not allowed.

 

Subdivision 13.          Signs in Industrial Districts I-1.

A.         All signs permitted in the Residential or Commercial Districts shall be permitted in the Industrial District. 

1.  The total square footage of sign area for each lot shall not exceed 2 square feet for each lineal foot of frontage.

2.  Not more than 1 advertising structure may be erected on any lot having a frontage of 100 feet or less.  Not more than 2 advertising structures for lots of 100 feet or more are permitted.

3.  Signs shall not exceed 20 feet in height within 20 feet of any lot line abutting public street right-of-way.  Any sign set back more than 20 feet shall not exceed 40 feet in height.

4.  No sign attached to the wall of a building shall project higher than 10 feet above the height of the building.

 

Subdivision 14.          Billboards.

A.         Billboards. Billboards and billboard structures are only allowed as delineated on the Billboard map as amended from time to time.  (See Figure 1).

 

Subdivision 15.          Nonconforming Signs.

A.        Nonconforming Signs shall be regulated by this Section and Section 10.03.

B.         Billboards which do not conform to the requirements of this section shall be removed at expiration of the current lease or agreement unless mandatory removal is prohibited by state or federal law.  Billboards may be refaced.

 

Subdivision 16.          Permit and Fees.

A.         All new or modified signs shall require a permit from the Community Development Department unless exempted in this subdivision.

B.         The permit and inspection fee for signs shall be set forth in the City Fee Schedule.

C.        Application for permits shall be made upon forms provided by the City and shall be accompanied by:

1.    The name and address of the sign owner and sign erector.

2.    A drawing to scale showing the design, location and construction of the sign.

3.    Such other pertinent information as the building inspector may require to insure compliance with this Section 10.16.

D.         All signs not maintained and kept in good repair shall be subject to removal by the city at the expense of the land or sign owner.

E.         The following signs shall be exempt only from a permit or permit fee; however, all other provisions of this ordinance shall apply.

1.    1 on-premises identification sign not exceeding 2 square feet in area in Residential Districts and 8 square feet in Commercial and Industrial Districts.  The identification sign may announce only the name and/or address of the occupants or the premises.

2.    Signs located on rolling stock of common carriers, or on motor vehicles or trailers bearing current license plates, which are lawfully parked upon public streets or highways when the primary purpose of such parking is not the display of any sign.

3.    Signs which are located on the interior of a building and are not visible from outside the building.

4.    On-premises signs located inside an enclosed building and visible through a window or windows.

5.    1 on-premises institutional sign (bulletin board), not exceeding 24 square feet in surface area, for churches, schools, public or semi-public institutions.

6.    On-premises signs each having an area of not more than 6 square feet, the message of which is limited to warning of any danger, prohibition or regulation of the use of the property or traffic or parking thereon.

7.    Yard Sale Signs.

8.    Real Estate signs 8 square feet or smaller.

9.    Home Occupation signs.

Subdivision 17.  Dynamic Displays.

A.        Findings.  Studies show that there is a correlation between dynamic displays on signs and the distraction of highway drivers. Distraction can lead to traffic accidents. Drivers can be distracted not only by a changing message, but also by knowing that the sign has a changing message. Drivers may watch a sign waiting for the next change to occur. Drivers are also distracted by messages that do not tell the full story in one look. People have a natural desire to see the end of the story and will continue to look at the sign in order to wait for the end. Additionally, drivers are more distracted by special effects used to change the message, such as fade-ins and fade-outs. Finally, drivers are generally more distracted by messages that are too small to be clearly seen or that contain more than a simple message. Time and temperature signs appear to be an exception to these concerns because the messages are short, easily absorbed, and become inaccurate without frequent changes.

            Despite these public safety concerns, there is merit to allowing new technologies to easily update messages. Except as prohibited by state or federal law, sign owners should have the opportunity to use these technologies with certain restrictions. The restrictions are intended to minimize potential driver distraction and to minimize proliferation in residential districts where signs can adversely impact residential character.

            Local spacing requirements could interfere with the equal opportunity to use such technologies and are not included. Without those requirements, however, there is the potential for numerous dynamic displays to exist along any roadway. If more than one dynamic display can be seen from a given location on a road, the minimum display time becomes critical. If the display time is too short, a driver could be subjected to a view that appears to have constant movement. This impact would obviously be compounded in a corridor with multiple signs. If dynamic displays become pervasive and there are no meaningful limitations on each sign's ability to change frequently, drivers may be subjected to an unsafe degree of distraction and sensory overload. Therefore, a longer display time is appropriate.

            A constant message is typically needed on a sign so that the public can use it to identify and find an intended destination. Changing messages detract from this way-finding purpose and could adversely affect driving conduct through last-second lane changes, stops, or turns, which could result in traffic accidents. Accordingly, dynamic displays generally should not be allowed to occupy the entire copy and graphic area of a sign.

            In conclusion, the city finds that dynamic displays should be allowed on signs but with significant controls to minimize their proliferation and their potential threats to public safety.

B.         Regulations.  Dynamic displays on signs are allowed subject to the following conditions:

1.     Dynamic displays are allowed only on monument signs where otherwise allowed in the C-1, C-2, C-3, D-1 and I-1 Districts. In addition, Dynamic Display Signs are allowed on billboards located within the delineated areas defined in Subdivision 12. A. 1. and that are in all other respects to Subdivision 3. F. of this Section, considered conforming;

2.     A dynamic display may not change or move more often than once every 3 seconds;

3.     The transition from one display to another must be instantaneous without any special effects;

4.     The images and messages displayed must be complete in themselves, without continuation in content to the next image or message or to any other sign;

5.     Every line of copy and graphics in a dynamic display must be at least seven inches in height on a road with a speed limit of 25 to 34 miles per hour, nine inches on a road with a speed limit of 35 to 44 miles per hour, 12 inches on a road with a speed limit of 45 to 54 miles per hour, and 15 inches on a road with a speed limit of 55 miles per hour or more. If there is insufficient room for copy and graphics of this size in the area allowed under clause 1 above, then no dynamic display is allowed;

6.     Dynamic displays must be designed and equipped to freeze the device in one position if a malfunction occurs. The displays must also be equipped with a means to immediately discontinue the display if it malfunctions, and the sign owner must immediately stop the dynamic display when notified by the city that it is not complying with the standards of this ordinance;

7.     Dynamic displays must comply with the brightness standards contained in Subdivision 18;

8.     Only one, contiguous dynamic display area is allowed on a sign face;

9.    Dynamic displays on signs located inside enclosed buildings visible through windows shall be allowed only in the D-1 District and are exempt from items 1-5 above.

a.    Shall be no wider than five feet, no taller than one foot; and

b.    Shall not contain copy/graphic lines more than six inches in height or less than three inches in height; and

c.    A dynamic display sign in a storefront window is intended to target pedestrian traffic and shall be used only in accordance with the findings stated within item A of this Subdivision.

10.  Existing Dynamic Display readerboard signs which exist as of the date of the adoption of this ordinance (March 24, 2008), shall be exempt from articles 2 and 4 above.

Subdivision 18.  Brightness Standards.

A.     All signs must meet the following brightness standards in addition to those in Subdivision 17:

     1.     No sign may be brighter than is necessary for clear and adequate visibility.

     2.     No sign may be of such intensity or brilliance as to impair the vision of a motor vehicle driver with average eyesight or to otherwise interfere with the driver's operation of a motor vehicle.

     3.     No sign may be of such intensity or brilliance that it interferes with the effectiveness of an official traffic sign, device or signal.

B.     The person owning or controlling the sign must adjust the sign to meet the brightness standards in accordance with the city's instructions. The adjustment must be made immediately upon notice of non-compliance from the city.

C.     All signs installed after March 1, 2008 that will have illumination by a means other than natural light must be equipped with a mechanism that automatically adjusts the brightness in response to ambient conditions. These signs must also be equipped with a means to immediately turn off the display or lighting if it malfunctions, and the sign owner or operator must immediately turn off the sign or lighting when notified by the city that it is not complying with the standards in this section.

 

 

 SECTION 10.17          CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS

 

Subdivision 1.            Purpose.  The purpose of this Section of the Zoning Ordinance is to provide the City with a reasonable degree of discretion in determining the suitability of certain designated uses upon the general welfare and public safety.  This is accomplished through a Conditional Use Permit, which may be granted by the City Council for uses designated within a district as Permitted Conditional Uses when such uses are in harmony with both the zoning district in which it will be located and the objectives of the comprehensive plan.  In the granting of its approval, the City Council may impose such conditions regarding the location, character and other features of the proposed building structure or use as it may deem advisable.  A violation of any such condition is a violation of this Chapter.

 

Subdivision 2.  Procedure.

1.         Application.  A person applying for a Conditional Use Permit must fill out and submit to the Zoning Administrator a Conditional Use Permit application together with such information as is necessary to show compliance with this Ordinance, including a site plan showing the following:

A.        Site description (legal description).

B.         Site plan prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer drawn to scale showing the parcel and building dimensions, area and setbacks.

C.        Location of all existing and proposed buildings and their square footage.

D.         Curb cuts, driveways, access roads, parking spaces, off-street loading areas, sidewalks, vehicular circulation, and snow storage locations.

E.         Landscaping and screening plans.

F.         Waste facilities including enclosure and screening.

G.        Drainage and grading plan.

H.         Sanitary sewer and water plan with estimated use per day.

 I.         Soil type.

 J.        Any additional written or graphic information reasonably required by the Zoning Administrator or the Planning Commission.

2.         Submission to Zoning Administrator.  Completed applications must be submitted to the Zoning Administrator at least ten fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting in order to be considered at that meeting.  If the completed application is received less than fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, the application will not be reviewed by the Planning Commission until the following regularly scheduled meeting.  

3.         Zoning Administrator Review of Applications and Referral to the Planning Commission.  The Zoning Administrator will review all applications to verify they are complete.  An applicant will be notified within ten (10) days if his/her application is incomplete.  Only after the application is found to be complete will the Zoning Administrator place the request on the Planning Commission’s agenda.  The Planning Commission will then review the request at its next regularly scheduled meeting. 

4.         Fees.  A fee, established by resolution of the City Council, must be submitted along with the permit application.  An additional fee may be charged, for atypical projects, whether based on size or type of use.  In such case, the applicant will be required to reimburse the City for administrative time, professional services and costs incurred by the City.  Applications submitted without the requisite fee application and recording fees will be considered incomplete.

5.         Review by Departments.  When deemed appropriate by the Zoning Administrator, the application shall be referred to all applicable City department(s) for their review and comment before it is placed on the Planning Commission’s agenda.

6.         Recommendation by the Planning Commission.  At the Planning Commission meeting where the application is considered, the Planning Commission will make a recommendation to the City Council as to whether the City Council should approve or deny the application.  If approval is recommended, the Planning Commission may suggest conditions to be attached to the Conditional Use Permit.

7.         Applicant’s Appearance at the Planning Commission Meeting. The applicant or the applicant’s representative(s) must appear before Planning Commission in order to answer questions concerning the Conditional Use Permit application.  If the applicant or his or her representative(s) is not present at the hearing, the Planning Commission shall recommend the application be denied.

8.         Public Hearing Before the City Council.  Once the Planning Commission has held its meeting and considered the application, the Zoning Administrator will schedule a date for the official public hearing on the application before the City Council.  This hearing will take place, if practical, within sixty (60) days of receipt by the Zoning Administrator of the completed application.  In the event the public hearing may not beheld within sixty (60) days, the Applicant will be notified in writing of the reasons for the delay and the date and time that the public hearing will be held; which may not be more than one-hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of receipt by the Zoning Administrator of the completed application.

9.         Published Notice.  The City will publish notice of the pubic hearing’s time, place and purpose at least once in the City’s official newspaper at least ten (10) days before the public hearing. Applicants withdrawing their applications after notice has been published and before the official hearing before the City Council will be refunded only the recording fee.  No other refunds will be granted.

10.       Mailed Notice to Property Owners.  The City will also mail notice of the public hearings time, place and purpose not less than ten (10) days and not more than thirty (30) days before the hearing date to all individual property owners within three hundred fifty (350) feet of the parcel included in the request. The Zoning Administrator must attest and make a part of the proceeding’s records a copy of the notice and list of the owners and addresses to which the notice was sent.  A property owner’s failure to receive notice or a defective notice will not invalidate any proceedings.

11.       Appearance by Applicant at the Public Hearing.  The applicant or the applicant’s representative(s) must appear before the City Council in order to answer questions concerning the Conditional Use Permit application. If the applicant or his or her representative(s) is not present at the hearing, the City Council will deny the application.  No fees will be refunded.

12.       City Council Meeting.  At the Public Hearing before the City Council, the City Council will either grant or deny the Conditional Use Permit.  Approval of a conditional use will require passage by a majority vote of the full City Council. 

13.       Conditions.  If the City Council grants the Conditional Use Permit, it may impose conditions it considers necessary to protect the public health, safety, morals, and welfare, and to ensure conformance with the City’s Comprehensive Plan.

14.       Written Findings.  The City Council will issue written findings stating the reasons for its decision and any conditions imposed, and will serve a copy of its decision on the applicant by U.S. mail.

15.       Appeal.  An applicant may appeal the City Council’s decision within 30 days of the decision to the Benton County District Court as provided by law.

16.       Amendments.  An application for an amendment to a Conditional Use Permit will be administered in the same manner as a Conditional Use Permit. 

17.       Resubmission.  No application for a denied Conditional Use Permit may be resubmitted for a period of one (1) year from the date of denial.  The City Council may permit a new application; if in the opinion of the City Council, new evidence or a change of circumstances warrant it.

 

Subdivision 3.            Criteria for Granting Conditional Use Permits.

 

In granting a Conditional Use Permit, the City Council will consider the advice and recommendation of the Planning Commission and the effect of the proposed use upon the health, safety, morals, and general welfare of occupants of surrounding land, including land values.  Among other things, the City Council must make the following findings when applicable.

 

1.         Not a Burden on Public Facilities.  The use will not create an excessive burden on existing parks, schools, streets and other public facilities and utilities which serve or are proposed to serve the area.

2.         Compatible with Existing and Planned Adjacent Uses.  The use will be designed, constructed, and maintained so as to be harmonious and appropriate in appearance with the existing vicinity or the intended character of the general vicinity, and will not impede the normal and orderly development and improvement of surrounding vacant property for existing and planned uses in the area.

3.         No Adverse Affect on Adjacent Properties.  The structure and site will not have an appearance, traffic, noise odors, fumes, dust, vibration, light or emission levels or other features that will have an adverse effect upon adjacent properties for purposes already in use or permitted.

4.         Related to the Needs of the City.  The use is reasonably related to the overall needs of the City and to existing land uses.

5.         Consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. The proposed use is in compliance with the Land Use Plan and other portions of the Comprehensive Plan adopted by the City.

6.         Not a Traffic Hazard. The use will not cause a traffic hazard or congestion.

7.         Adequate Access, Parking, and Loading.  Maximum measures have been or will be taken to provide adequate access and appropriate off-street parking and loading space to serve the proposed use.

8.         Not Detrimental to Health, Safety and Welfare.  The proposed use will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, comfort and general welfare of the City.

9.         Floodplain.  For property located in Floodplain districts, the criteria set out in the Floodplain Ordinance will be met.

10.       Natural, Historic, and Scenic Features.  The proposed use will not result in the destruction, loss, or damage of a natural, scenic, or historic feature of importance.

 

Subdivision 4.            Conditions.

In permitting a new conditional use or the alteration of an existing conditional use, the Planning Commission may recommend the imposition of and the City Council may impose conditions considered necessary to protect the best interest of the surrounding area or the City as a whole.  These conditions may include, but are not limited to the following:

 

1.         Increasing the required lot size or yard dimensions.

2.         Limiting the height, size, number or location of buildings.

3.         Controlling the location and number of vehicle access points.

4.         Increasing the street width.

5.         Increasing the number of required off-street parking spaces.

6.         Limiting the number, size, location or lighting of signs.

7.         Limiting the number, size, location, or type of exterior lighting.

8.         Requiring diking, berming, fencing, screening, landscaping or other facilities to protect adjacent or nearby property.

9.         Designating sites for open space.

10.       Designating operating hours and noise levels.

11.       Any other condition the Planning Commission or City Council deems necessary to protect the public interest.

12.       Additional Conditions in accord with the Floodplain Ordinance.

 

Subdivision 5.           Changes in Conditional Uses.

 

Any change involving structural alteration, enlargement, intensification of use, or similar change not specifically permitted by the Conditional Use Permit issued will require an amended Conditional Use Permit and all procedures will apply as if a new permit were being issued.  The Zoning Administrator will maintain a record of all Conditional Use Permits issued including information on the use, location, and conditions imposed by the City Council and time limits, review dates, and such other information as may be appropriate.

 

Subdivision 6.            Recording Conditional Use Permits.

A certified copy of any Conditional Use Permit must be filed with the Benton County Recorder. The Conditional Use Permits must include the legal description of the property involved.

 

Subdivision 7.            Lapse/Expiration.

If within six (6) months after granting a Conditional Use Permit the use permitted has not been started, then the permit will become null and void unless the City Council has approved a petition for an extension.  Conditional Use Permits expire if the authorized use ceases for any reason for more than one (1) year.  Conditional Use Permits expire if the use is abandoned.  A use is considered abandoned if the use is replaced by another use or discontinued for more than one (1) year.

 

Subdivision 8.            Compliance.

1.         Revocation.  The City Council may suspend or revoke a conditional use permit if it determines that the permit=s terms and conditions are not being complied with.

2.         Procedure.  The Building Inspector, Zoning Administrator, any Council member or the Mayor may bring before the City Council notice of a potential violation involving the terms or conditions of a Conditional Use Permit which has been issued in the City.  In such event, the Building Inspector or Zoning Administrator will investigate the violation and report back to the Council.  If the Council determines that proceedings to consider revocation of the permit are warranted, the Council will provide five (5) days written notice to the owner of the property, as shown on the property tax records for which the Conditional Use Permit has been issued, of the time and place at which the Council will consider the suspension or revocation.  The property owner will have an opportunity to be heard after which time the Council may take all appropriate actions including the suspension or revocation and termination of the Conditional Use Permit. 

3.            Costs of Enforcement.  It will be a term of any Conditional Use Permit issued by the City, whether or not specifically stated, that the property owner(s) must pay all staff and reasonable attorney=s fees associated with enforcement of the terms of the Conditional Use Permit.

 

 

SECTION 10.17A         INTERIM USE PERMITS

Subdivision 1. Purpose and Intent. The purpose and intent of allowing interim uses is:

1.         To allow a use for a brief period of time until a permanent location is obtained or while the permanent location is under construction.

2.         To allow a use that is presently judged acceptable by the Board, but that, with anticipated development or redevelopment, will not be acceptable in the future.

3.         To allow a use that otherwise may not be allowed under the zoning regulations but because of its temporary nature may be acceptable.

Subdivision 2. Procedure.  Interim Use Permits will be processed according to the procedures for Conditional Use Permits and applicants may appeal the City Council’s decision within 30 days of the decision to the Benton County District Court as provided by law.

Subdivision 3. General Standards.  An interim use must comply with the following:

1.         The use must meet the Conditional Use Permit standards set forth in this Code.

2.         The use must conform to all applicable zoning regulations.

3.         The date or event that will terminate the use must be identified with certainty.

4.         The use must not impose additional, unreasonable costs on the public if it is necessary for the public to take the property in the future.

5.         The applicant must agree to any conditions deemed appropriate by the City Council (after recommendation by the Planning Commission) for permitting the use.

Subdivision 4. Additional Conditions.  In permitting an interim use, the City Council may, on its own or based upon the recommendation of the Planning Commission, impose, in addition to the standards and requirements expressly specified by this Ordinance, additional conditions the City Council considers necessary to protect the interests of the surrounding area.                                                    

Subdivision 5. Termination.  An interim use will terminate and become void upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

1.         The date stated in the permit.

2.         A violation of any condition under which the City Council issued the permit.

3.         A change in the applicable zoning regulations, which no longer allows the use.

4.         The operator/owner or the use changes.

5.         The permit is not utilized for a period of one (1) year from the date issued.

Subdivision 6. Revocation.  The City Council may revoke the interim use permit if any of the permits conditions are violated.

Subdivision 7. Certification of Taxes Paid.  Before the City Council approves an interim use permit application, the City Council may request that the applicant provide certification that there are not delinquent property taxes, special assessments, interest, or utility fees due upon the parcel of land to which the interim use permit application relates.

 

SECTION 10.17B         AMENDMENTS/REZONING

 

Subdivision 1. Process.

 

1.         Initiation of Process/Application.  An amendment to the Zoning Ordinance or Zoning Map may be initiated by the City Council, the Planning Commission or by a petition of affected property owners (as described below).

2.         Referral to Planning Commission.  An amendment not initiated by the Planning Commission must be referred to the Planning Commission for study and report and may not be acted upon by the City Council prior to the recommendation of the Planning Commission.  The Zoning Administrator will review the proposed amendment and provide the Planning Commission with a staff report and staff recommendation.

3.         Completed Petition.  The owner of the subject property or ten (10) or more owners of property in the City may propose a zoning amendment or change, including a rezoning, by submitting fifteen (15) copies of a complete verified petition to the Zoning Administrator, who will review the petition and determine whether or not it is complete.  In order to be complete, the verified petition must request the amendment, detail the proposed change, development or use, and include the requisite fee(s). If the petition is not complete, the petitioners will be notified in writing within ten (10) days.  Once the petition is determined to be complete, the Zoning Administrator will place the petition on the Planning Commission’s agenda.

4.         The Zoning Administrator Places the Petition on the Planning Commission’s Agenda Based On When He/She Receives It.    In order for the complete petition to be heard at the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, it must be received by the Zoning Administrator no less than fourteen (14) calendar days before that meeting.  If the complete petition is received less than fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, the petition will not be considered until the following regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting.

5.         Fee.  In order to be considered complete, a petition must be accompanied by the fee(s) established by the City Council.

6.         Planning Commission’s Review and Recommendation.  After reviewing the proposed zoning amendment or rezoning application, the Planning Commission will make a written report and recommendation to the City Council.

7.         Appearance by Applicant.  The applicant or the applicant=s representative(s) must appear before the Planning Commission and City Council in order to answer questions concerning the zoning amendment application.  If the Applicant or the Applicant=s representative(s) fail to appear before the Planning Commission, the Planning Commission will recommend that the application be denied.

8.         Official Public Hearing.  The Zoning Administrator, after the Planning Commission has made its recommendation, will set the official public hearing before the City Council 

9.         Published Notice.  The City will publish notice of the pubic hearing’s time, place and purpose at least once in the City’s official newspaper at least ten (10) days before the public hearing.  If the application is withdrawn after notice has been published, but before the public hearing, no refunds other than the recording fee will be granted.

10.       Mailed Notice to Property Owners.  The City will also mail notice of the public hearing’s time, place and purpose not less than ten (10) days and not more than thirty (30) days before the hearing date to all individual property owners within three hundred fifty (350) feet of the parcel included in the request. The responsible person will attest and make a part of the proceeding’s records a copy of the notice and list of the owners and addresses to which the notice was sent.  A property owner’s failure to receive notice or a defective notice will not invalidate any proceedings.

11.       The Official Public Hearing Before The City Council.  At the official public hearing, the City Council will review the Planning Commission’s report and recommendation, the City Council and receive additional testimony and materials.  After it has done this, the City Council will either adopt by ordinance or deny the proposed amendment or any part of it as the Council deems advisable.  In any event, the City Council will act on an amendment request by petition, if practical, within sixty (60) days after the Zoning Administrator receives the petition or the City may extend the time for consideration as provided under state law.

12.       The Petitioner(s) Must Appear At The Official Public Hearing Before The City Council.  The petitioners or their representative(s) must appear before the City Council at the official public hearing in order to answer questions concerning the amendment.  If the petitioners or their representative(s) fail to appear before the City Council at the official public hearing, the petition will be denied.   No refunds will be granted.  

13.       Amendment to Zoning Ordinance.  Except as provided below, the City Council may adopt and amend a zoning ordinance by a majority vote of all its members.  The adoption or amendment of any portion of a zoning ordinance which changes all or part of the existing classification of a zoning district from residential to either commercial or industrial requires a two-thirds majority vote of all members of the governing body.

14.       Resubmission.   No application of a property owner for a rezoning will be considered within the one (1) year period following a denial of such request.  The City Council may permit a new application, if in the opinion of the City Council, new evidence or a change or circumstances warrant it.

15.       Appeal.  A petitioner may appeal the City Council’s decision within 30 days of the decision to the Benton County District Court as provided by law.

 

Subdivision 2. Effective Date.

Unless the City Council provides otherwise, a zoning amendment will not become effective until after the City Council approves and publishes an Ordinance reflecting the amendment.

 

Subdivision 3.            Recording. 

The City will record with the Benton County Recorder all Ordinances amending the Zoning Ordinance or rezoning any property.

 

Subdivision 4.            Zoning Map.

The Zoning Administrator will revise the City’s Official Zoning Map each time property within the City is rezoned. When applicable, the applicant must pay all costs of changes to the Official Zoning Map.

 

 

SECTION 10.17C        VARIANCES/APPEALS

 

Subdivision 1.            Board of Adjustment.

 

1.         Established.  The Board of Adjustment is the City Council.

2.         Procedure Rules.  The Board of Adjustment’s procedural rules are the same as the City Council’s rules.

3.         Powers.  The Board of Adjustment has the power to do the following:

A.        Interpret this Ordinance.

B.         Hear and decide appeals where it is alleged that there is an error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative official charged with enforcing this ordinance.

C.        Hear and decide appeals regarding exact zoning district boundaries.

D.         Hear requests for variances from this Ordinance’s literal provisions where their strict enforcement would cause undue Hardship because of circumstances unique to the individual property and to grant such variances when it is demonstrated that the actions will be in keeping with this Ordinance’s spirit and intent.

 

Subdivision 2.            Appeals and Administrative Decisions.  Applicants may appeal decisions of the Zoning Administrator to the Board of Adjustment within 30 days of the decision. 

1.         Application.  The person making the appeal must apply for a hearing before the Board of Adjustment on forms provided by the Zoning Administrator.

2.         Notice and Hearing.  The Board of Adjustment will schedule a hearing on the appeal.

A.        At least ten (10) days prior to the hearing a notice will be published in the official city newspaper.

B.         The Board of Adjustment will make their decision within thirty (30) days of the public hearing or may extend the time for consideration as permitted by state law.

Subdivision 3.            Variances.

No variance in the provisions or requirements of this Ordinance will be authorized by the Board of Adjustment unless it finds evidence that the following facts and conditions exist:

1.         Unique Circumstances.  That there are exceptional or extraordinary circumstances or conditions applying to the property in question as to the intended use of the property that do not apply generally to other properties in the same zoning district.  The unique circumstances did not result from the acts of the property owner.

2.         Necessary to Preserve reasonable use of the property.  The property cannot be put to a reasonable use without the variance.  That such variance is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right similar to that possessed by other properties in the same district and in the same vicinity.

3.         Not merely economic.  The possibility of increased financial return or economic consideration will not in itself be deemed sufficient to warrant a variance if a reasonable use for the property exists under this Ordinances terms.  This means that cost or money savings cannot be the only reason for the variance. 

4.         Maintains the Character of the Neighborhood.  The variance will not alter the areas essential character of the neighborhood.

5.         Meets the Spirit of this Ordinance and Comprehensive Plan.  The variance maintains the spirit and intent of this Ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.

 

Subdivision 4. Other Considerations.

 

1.         Solar Energy Systems.  Undue hardship will include, but not be limited to, inadequate access to direct sunlight for solar energy systems.

2.         Earth Sheltered Homes.  Variances will be granted for earth sheltered construction as defined in Minn. Stat. 116J.06, Subdivision 2, when in harmony with this Ordinance.

3.         Non-permitted Use.  The Board of Adjustment may not permit as a variance any use that is not permitted under this Ordinance for property in the zone where the affected person’s land is located.

4.         Temporary Use for One Family Dwelling.  The Board of Adjustment may permit as a variance the temporary use of a one family dwelling as a two family dwelling.

5.         Conditions.  The Board of Adjustment may impose conditions in granting variances to insure compliance and protect adjacent properties.

 

Subdivision 5. Variance Procedure.

 

1.         Application Filing Required.  A complete request for a variance or appeal must be filed with the Zoning Administrator at least fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting in order for the application to be considered at that meeting.  An applicant will be notified within ten (10) days if his/her application is incomplete.  Only after the application is found to be complete will the Zoning Administrator place the request on the Planning Commission’s agenda.  If the request or application is received less than fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, it will not be considered until the following regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting.  In addition, all requests and applications must be accompanied by the required fee(s) along with detailed material explaining the specific request and any other information the City Clerk requests in order to be considered complete.

2.         Fee.  The request or application must be accompanied by the fee(s) the City Council will establish by resolution.  An additional fee may be charged for atypical projects, which in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator will require additional staff time and/or City expenditures.  In such case, the applicant must reimburse the City for administrative time and professional services and costs incurred by the City in reviewing the application.

3.         Planning Commission Referral.  The City Clerk will forward the request to the Planning Commission, which will consider the request, if practical, at their next regularly scheduled meeting and make a recommendation and report to the Board of Adjustment.

A.        Appearance by Applicant. The applicant or the applicants representative(s) must appear before the Planning Commission in order to answer questions concerning the variance application.  If the applicant the applicants representative(s) fail to appear before the Planning Commission, the Planning Commission will recommend the application be denied. No refunds will be granted.

4.         Public Hearing.  Upon receiving the Planning Commission’s report and recommendation, the Board of Adjustment will set a date for and hold an official public hearing, if practical, within sixty (60) days of the Zoning Administrator’s receipt of a complete request or application.  In the event the official public hearing cannot be held within sixty (60) days, the Applicant will be notified in writing of the reasons for the delay and the date and time that the public hearing will be held; which may not be more than one-hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of receipt by the Zoning Administrator of the completed request or application.

A.        Published Notice.  The City will publish notice of the pubic hearing’s time, place and purpose at least once in the City’s official newspaper at least ten (10) days before the public hearing.  If the Applicant withdraws his or her request after notice of the public hearing has been published, but before the public hearing, no fees other than recording fees will be refunded.

B.         Mailed Notice to Property Owners.  The City will also mail notice of the public hearing’s time, place and purpose not less than ten (10) days and not more than thirty (30) days before the hearing date to all individual property owners within three hundred fifty (350) feet of the parcel included in the request. The responsible person must attest and make a part of the proceeding’s records a copy of the notice and list of the owners and addresses to which the notice was sent.  A property owner’s failure to receive notice or a defective notice will not invalidate any proceedings.

5.         Appearance by Applicant.  The applicant or the applicant’s representative(s) must appear before the Board of Adjustment in order to answer questions concerning the variance application. If the applicant the applicant’s representative(s) fail to appear before the Board of Adjustment, the application will be denied.  No refunds will be granted.

6.         Decision by Board of Adjustment.  The Board of Adjustment will, by resolution, either grant or deny the Variance.  Approval of a variance requires passage by a four-fifths (4/5) vote of the full Board of Adjustment.

7.         Conditions and/or Revisions.  If the Board of Adjustment grants the variance, it may impose conditions it considers necessary to protect public health, safety and welfare.  The Board of Adjustment may also revise the variance to ensure that it is the minimum variance required.

8.         Written Findings & Notice of Decision to Applicant.  The City Council will issue written findings stating the reasons for its decision and any conditions imposed, and will serve a copy of its decision on the applicant by U.S. mail within ten (10) days after its decision.  The City Council will make a decision on each application within sixty (60) days after receiving the application or extend the time for consideration under state law.

9.         Recording.  A certified copy of every variance to abstract or registered property, including the property’s legal description, must be filed with the Benton County Recorder or Registrar of Titles.

10.       Resubmission.  No application which is substantially the same as an application of a denied variance may be resubmitted for a period of one (1) year from the date of the denial.  The Board of Adjustment may permit a new application if, in its opinion, new evidence or a change in circumstances warrant reconsideration.

 

Subdivision 6. Lapse of Variance.

If within one (1) year after granting a variance the work permitted is not started, such variance becomes null and void unless a petition for an extension has been approved by the City Council.

 

SECTION 10.17D.  ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW

 

Subdivision 1.      Purpose.  The purpose of this section is to determine whether certain projects have or may have the potential for significant environmental effects and should undergo the special review procedures of the Minnesota Environmental Review Program.  Procedures for EAWs and EISs are set forth in the Minnesota Environmental Quality Review Board (EQB) regulations for the Environmental Review Program authorized by Minnesota Statute 116D.04 and 116D.04S and specified in Minnesota Rules Parts 4410.0200 to 4410.7800.

 

Subdivision 2.      Cost of Preparation and Review.

A.   Information to be Provided. The applicant for a permit for any action for which environmental documents are required either by State law or by the City Council shall supply in the manner prescribed by the City Administrator, or representative, all unprivileged data or information reasonably requested by the city that the applicant has in their possession or to which the applicant has reasonable access.

B.    Environmental Assessment Worksheets. The applicant for a permit for any action for which an Environmental Assessment Worksheet (EAW) is required either by State law or rules or by the City Council, shall pay all costs of preparation and review of the EAW, and, upon the request of and in the manner prescribed by the City Administrator, or representative, shall prepare a draft EAW and supply all information necessary to adequately complete that document.

C.   Alternative Urban Areawide Review.  The Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) process substitutes for any EAW, AUAR, or EIS required for specific qualifying projects.  The city may decide that an AUAR be completed instead of an EAW, provided:

1.    It is for a project that complies with the review assumptions and mitigation measures.

2.    If the projected area to be reviewed is covered by the comprehensive plan.

3.    The content and format of the review is similar to that of an EAW, but provide for a level of analysis comparable to that of an EIS for impacts typical of urban residential, commercial warehousing, and light industrial development and associated infrastructure.

4.    It covers the possible impacts through a “worst case scenario” analysis or else prevents the impacts through the provisions of the mitigation plan.  Failure to cover possible impacts by one of these means risks the invalidation of the environmental review exemption for specific development projects.

D.   Environmental Impact Statement.  All projects requiring an EIS must have an EAW on file with the City, which will be used to determine the scope of the EIS. All EISs shall be prepared according to the procedures and requirements of the State Environmental Review Program, Rules 4410.2100-4410.3000, as may be amended.  The costs of preparation of an EIS shall be assessed to the project proposer in accordance with Minnesota Rules Parts 4410.6000 to 4100.6500, as may be amended.

E.    Payment of costs. No permit, for an action for which an EAW or an EIS is required, shall be issued until all costs of preparation and review, which are to be paid by the applicant are paid, and all information required is supplied in adequate detail and until the environmental review process has been completed as provided in this section.  The owner shall deposit with the City a letter of credit in a form acceptable to the City, in an amount as determined by the City Finance Director, necessary to cover the total costs associated with the environmental review. 

 

Subdivision 3.      Administration.

A.   The City Administrator, or representative, shall be the person responsible for the administration of the environmental review program, this chapter, and the rules adopted by reference by this chapter.

B.    The City Community Development Director shall be responsible for determining whether an action for which a permit is required is an action for which an EAW is mandatory under Minnesota Rules 4410.4300, as may be amended.  The City Community Development Director may suggest and/or the City Council may require the preparation of a discretionary EAW if it is determined that an action for which a permit is required may have some significant environmental impact or when there is a perception of such, provided that the project is not specifically exempted by Minnesota Rules 4410.4600, as may be amended.

C.   All EAWs and EISs shall be prepared under the direction of the City Community Development Director and reviewed and approved by the City Council. 

D.   During the thirty (30) day comment period that follows publication of the notice of availability of the EAW in the EQB Monitor, the Planning Commission shall review the EAW. The Commission shall make recommendations to the City Council regarding potential environmental impacts that may warrant further investigation before the project is commenced and the need for an EIS on the proposed project.

E.    When reviewing an EAW, AUAR, or EIS , the City Community Development Director and the Planning Commission may suggest design alterations that would lessen the environmental impact of the action. The City Council may require these design alterations to be made as a condition for issuing the permit when it finds that the design alterations are necessary to lessen the environmental impact on the action.

F.     The Council shall base its decision on the need for an EIS and the proposed scope of an EIS on the information gathered during the EAW process and on the comments received on the EAW.  An EIS shall be prepared for any project that meets or exceeds the thresholds of any of the EIS categories listed in Minnesota Rules 4410.4400, as may be amended.  An EIS shall also be prepared when the City Council determines that, based on the EAW and any comments or additional information received during the EAW comment period, the proposed project has the potential for significant environmental effects, or when the City Council and the proposer of the project agree that an EIS should be prepared.  Pursuant to Minnesota Rules 4410,1700, in deciding whether a project has the potential for significant environmental effects, the following factors shall be considered:

1.   Type, extent and reversibility of environmental effects.

2.   Cumulative potential effects of related or anticipated future projects.

3.   The extent to which the environmental effects are subject to mitigation by ongoing public regulatory authority.

4.   The extent to which environmental effects can be anticipated and controlled as a result of other environmental studies undertaken by public agencies or the project proposer, or of EISs previously prepared on similar projects.

G.   All projects requiring an EIS must have an EAW on file with the City, which will be used to determine the scope of the EIS. All EISs shall be prepared according to the procedures and requirements of the State Environmental Review Program, Rules 4410.2100-4410.3000, as may be amended. The costs of preparation of an EIS shall be assessed to the project proposer in accordance with Minnesota Rules Parts 4410.6000 to 4100.6500, as may be amended.  All EISs shall be prepared according to the procedures and requirements of the State Environmental Review Program,

 

Subdivision 4. Enforcement and Penalty.

A.   No permit shall be issued for a project for which environmental documents are required until the entire environmental review procedures established by this chapter have been completed.

B.    Any person who violates any provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) or imprisonment for ninety (90) days or both. Each day that the violation is permitted to exist constitutes a separate offense.

C.   No work shall commence, and any work in progress on any project for which environmental documents are required shall cease, until the environmental review procedures established by this chapter are fully complied with.

 

SECTION 10.17E: WETLAND MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE

 

Subd 1.     Purpose

The purpose of these regulations is to achieve the policies described in the City’s Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan (Plan) relating to the protection and management of wetlands and to adopt the Wetland Conservation Act.

 

Subd 2.     Administration, Applicability, and Effective Date

The City Council hereby designates the City Administrator as the Administrator of these regulations.  Upon approval of the City of Sauk Rapids Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan, the City of Sauk Rapids assumes the responsibility as Local Government Unit (LGU) for the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA), as defined and required in Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended.

 

                  A. This ordinance shall take effect after the City publishes it in the official newspaper.

 

                  B. Except as specified elsewhere in this ordinance, this ordinance shall apply to all real property which is located in a wetland, or any person or use that would impact a wetland after adoption of this ordinance

 

                  C. The City adopts the wetland management classification map and Plan dated March 26, 2012, which is based on wetland classifications from the MnRAM assessment. 

 

                        a.         The City Council may adopt changes to the City Wetland Protection and Management Plan Map which are based on MnRAM assessments.

                 

                        b.         Any wetland not currently assigned a classification based on the MnRAM assessment as of the date of the adoption of this ordinance will need to be assessed using MnRAM 3.3 (or most current version) and submitted to the City for review and classification. Based on the assessment, the City Staff will place the wetland into a management category.

 

Subd 3.     Definitions

 

City Wetland Protection and Management Plan Map:  This map was developed as part of the Wetland Protection and Management Plan and shows the general locations of wetlands within the City.  While an attempt was made to locate all wetlands within the City, omission of a wetland from this map does not exclude that wetland from this regulation.

 

Growing Season:  As defined in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual (January 1987), including subsequent updates and supplements.

 

Impact: As defined in the Wetland Conservation Act, Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended.

 

Minnesota Routine Assessment Method (MnRAM):  A scientific methodology to assess the quality of wetlands.

 

Sequencing: A five-step process outlined in the Wetland Conservation Act that evaluates the necessity of a project’s impact on a wetland.

 

Shoreland Protection Zone: As defined under Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended

 

Storm water pond:  A pond that has been created to capture and treat storm water runoff.  Storm water is often piped into storm water ponds but may also enter through sheet runoff.

 

Technical Evaluation Panel (TEP):  As defined in Minnesota Rule 8420.0240, Subpt. A, as amended. This panel provides technical guidance and recommendations to the Local Government Unit. 

 

Wetland: Wetlands means those areas of the city inundated or saturated by groundwater or surface water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions; or as defined under Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended.

 

Subd 4.     Wetland Management

                  A.  Boundaries.   This regulation shall apply to those areas which are defined and delineated as jurisdictional wetland as per the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual (January 1987), including subsequent updates and supplements. These areas are shown in general on the City’s           Wetland Protection and Management Plan map.  This map also shows the management classifications for each wetland that was assessed as part of the Plan and that pertain to this regulation. 

 

                  These areas shall be field reviewed by the applicant’s trained wetland professional and reviewed for accuracy by City Staff if work is proposed within or adjacent to the wetland.  The presence or absence of a wetland on the          City’s Wetland Protection and Management Plan map does not represent a definitive determination as to whether a wetland covered by this regulation is present or not.  It is the responsibility of the applicant to determine whether a wetland exists on a subject property.

 

B. Application.  The applicant shall submit the Minnesota Local/State/Federal Application Forms for Water/Wetland Projects to the Administrator for approval prior to any work that will impact wetlands.  The Administrator shall follow the review timelines and notice requirements as outlined in the Wetland Conservation Act as set forth in Minnesota Rules Chapter 8420, as amended. 

 

C. Wetland Regulations.  The Wetland Conservation Act, as amended, and the rules implementing the Wetland Conservation Act as set forth in Minnesota Rules Chapter 8420, as amended, are incorporated as part of these regulations and shall govern draining, filling, and dredging in wetlands.  Where the City’s Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan deviates from the Wetland Conservation Act, the Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan shall apply.

 

                  D. Wetland Management.  Wetlands within the City shall be managed as outlined below:

 

                        1.         Wetland Mitigation and Sequencing.   Mitigation ratios and Sequencing for the different management classifications will be as follows:

 

                        Preserve:        Wetlands in this category shall receive the maximum amount of protection under this CWPMP.  Avoidance is strongly recommended and impacts will be allowed only under extreme hardship. Applications will be         reviewed and decided upon on a case by case basis. Extreme hardship will be determined by the City which shall rely on its variance standards as defined in Section 10 of the City Code to determine extreme hardship. Mitigation of permitted impacts to wetlands in this category will vary depending on the weighted average wetland rating for vegetative diversity/integrity as calculated by the MnRAM analysis and provided in Appendix D. Sequencing is required as per Minnesota Rule 8420.

 

Ø    Exceptional    = 6:1

Ø    High/Mod/Low          = 3:1

 

                  Manage 1: Wetlands in this category will be managed under this CWPMP to maintain their existing functions and values. Therefore, mitigation of permitted impacts to wetlands in this category will be at a 2.5:1 ratio. Sequencing is   required as per Minnesota Rule 8420.

 

                  Manage 2: Wetlands in this category will be managed under this CWPMP to    maintain and improve, through restoration where applicable, their existing functions and values. Therefore, mitigation of permitted impacts to wetlands in this category will be at a 2:1 ratio. Sequencing is required as per Minnesota Rule 8420.

 

                  Manage 3: Wetlands in this category may be utilized in the City’s stormwater                   management system and will be restored wherever possible. Therefore, mitigation of permitted impacts to wetlands in this category will be at a 1:1 ratio. Sequencing flexibility may be applied for impacts proposed to these wetlands. 

 

Subd. 5     Exemptions. 

                  Those exemptions outlined in the Wetland Conservation Act as set forth in Minnesota Rules 8420, as amended, are exempt from this Section. 

 

Subd. 6     Performance Bond Required.

                  If an approved application includes wetland impacts, the Applicant must provide financial assurance with the Administrator as per Minnesota Rule      8420.0522, Subp. 9, or as amended.

 

Subd. 7     Administrative Procedures

                  A.  The City of Sauk Rapids is authorized by Minnesota Rules Part 8420.0200, Subpart 2, to delegate certain Local Government Unit functions with regard to implementation of the Wetland Conservation Act to City Staff.

 

                  B.  City of Sauk Rapids Staff is defined by the City and as required by Minnesota Rule 8420.

 

                  C.  The City Council of the City of Sauk Rapids places decision authority for exemption, no loss, and wetland boundary and type determinations with City          of Sauk Rapids staff.

 

                  D.  Decision authority for replacement plan and wetland banking determinations are placed with the City Council of the City of Sauk Rapids.

 

                  E.  City of Sauk Rapids staff may request that decisions for exemption, no loss, and wetland boundary and type determinations be made by the City Council.

 

Subd. 8     Appeals and Enforcement

                  A.  Enforcement:  Enforcement of the Wetland Conservation Act shall be in accordance with Minnesota Rules 8420, as amended. City enforcement procedures shall be followed where this Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan is more restrictive than the Wetland Conservation Act.

 

B. Appeals of Management Classification: The management classification of a wetland can be appealed by the landowner or project proposer.  This appeal must be        submitted to the Administrator in writing and include documentation supporting the reasons for placing a wetland into a different management class.  This written appeal must be submitted to the Administrator prior to or along with the wetland impact permit application.  A fee will be required for            each wetland being appealed.  The appeal will be reviewed by City Staff.  A decision on the appeal will be made in accordance with Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended. The appellant will be notified in writing of the TEP’s recommendation, if applicable, and the City’s decision on the appeal.

 

C. Appeals of Wetland Conservation Act Decisions:  Appeals of exemption, no-loss, wetland boundary, wetland type, sequencing, replacement plan, or banking plan decisions made by the City will follow the appeal process in accordance        with Minnesota Rules 8420, as amended.

 

Subd. 9     Recovery of Wetland Enforcement Costs

                  Necessary costs, including but not limited to consulting fees, incurred by the    City as a result of wetland violations will be billed directly to the responsible party. If the responsible party is different from the property owner, the City will   notify the property owner of the charges. If the responsible party or property owner does not pay the applicable charges, the City may assess any unpaid fees to the respective property or recover the unpaid fees by any other legal means.

 

 

SECTION  10.18          ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.

 

Subdivision 1. Enforcement and Penalties.

A.         This Chapter shall be administered by the City Administrator and enforced by the Police Department.  In carrying out this general authority, the City Administrator shall:

1.    Cause inspections of buildings and the use of land to determine compliance with the terms of this Chapter.

2.    Maintain permanent and current records pertaining to this Chapter, including, but not limited to, maps, amendments, conditional uses, variances, appeals, and applications therefore.

3.    Receive, file, and forward applications for rezoning, variances, conditional use permits, or other action to the appropriate official bodies.

4.    Provide clerical and technical assistance to the Planning Commission and City Council.

5.    Make recommendations to the City Council on the institution of appropriate actions or proceedings for enforcement of this Chapter, on amendments, and on any other matters relating to the administration of this Chapter.

B.         The Building Inspector shall require that the application for a building permit, and the accompanying site plan for all construction except new R-1 and R-2 dwellings, contain all of the information necessary to enable him to determine whether the proposed structure complies with the provisions of this Chapter.  No building permit shall be issued for the construction, structural alteration, or moving of a structure until the Building Inspector has verified that the proposed building or alteration complies with all the provisions of this Chapter and other applicable regulations cited in Section 10.01 Subdivision 1.

C.        The Police Department, as the enforcing agency of this Chapter, shall have all the powers, duties and responsibilities necessary to enforce the provisions of this Chapter and to issue such directives as may be necessary to carry out the intent thereof.


D.         Any persons, firm or corporation who violates, abuses, neglects, refuses to comply, or who resists the enforcement of any provision of this Chapter, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor which shall be punishable by a fine not exceeding $700.00 or 90 days imprisonment for each offense, plus the cost of prosecution in either case.  Each day that a violation continues to exist will constitute a separate offense.

 

Subdivision 2. Validity.  If any section, paragraph, subsection, clause or provision of this Chapter shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of this Chapter as a whole nor any of the parts not invalidated.